MyDugsiStart learning

Surah Al-A'raf in English: word by word, transliteration

Surah 7 · الأعراف · The Heights · 206 verses · 3320 words

Read Surah Al-A'raf verse by verse: the Arabic, a recitation you can repeat, the transliteration and English translation of each verse, then the meaning of every word.

Memorize Surah Al-A'raf

  1. Listen to the whole surah two or three times with the play buttons below.
  2. Learn one verse at a time: read it word by word, play it on repeat, then say it without looking.
  3. Join each new verse to the ones before it, and review the whole surah the next day.

How long it takes: 1 verse a day: 206 days, 2 verses a day: 103 days, 3 verses a day: 69 days, 5 verses a day: 42 days. Work out a longer plan.

Jump to: verse 1 · verse 103 · verse 206

Learn it in MyDugsi Practise · Test yourself

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

الٓمٓصٓ

Transliteration alif-lam-meem-sad

English Alif, Lām, Meem, Ṣād.

  1. الٓمٓصٓalif-lam-meem-sadAlif Laam Meem Saad

Verse 2

كِتَـٰبٌ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكَ فَلَا يَكُن فِى صَدْرِكَ حَرَجٌ مِّنْهُ لِتُنذِرَ بِهِۦ وَذِكْرَىٰ لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration kitābun unzila ilayka falā yakun fī ṣadrika ḥarajun min'hu litundhira bihi wadhik'rā lil'mu'minīna

English [This is] a Book revealed to you, [O Muḥammad] - so let there not be in your breast distress therefrom - that you may warn thereby and as a reminder to the believers.

  1. كِتَـٰبٌkitābun(This is) a Book
  2. أُنزِلَunzilarevealed
  3. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  4. فَلَاfalāso (let) not
  5. يَكُنyakunbe
  6. فِىfīin
  7. صَدْرِكَṣadrikayour breast
  8. حَرَجٌۭḥarajunany uneasiness
  9. مِّنْهُmin'hufrom it
  10. لِتُنذِرَlitundhirathat you warn
  11. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  12. وَذِكْرَىٰwadhik'rāand a reminder
  13. لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَlil'mu'minīnafor the believers

Verse 3

ٱتَّبِعُوا۟ مَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكُم مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ مِن دُونِهِۦٓ أَوْلِيَآءَ ۗ قَلِيلًا مَّا تَذَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration ittabiʿū mā unzila ilaykum min rabbikum walā tattabiʿū min dūnihi awliyāa qalīlan mā tadhakkarūna

English Follow, [O mankind], what has been revealed to you from your Lord and do not follow other than Him any allies. Little do you remember.

  1. ٱتَّبِعُوا۟ittabiʿūFollow
  2. مَآmāwhat
  3. أُنزِلَunzilahas been revealed
  4. إِلَيْكُمilaykumto you
  5. مِّنminfrom
  6. رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
  7. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  8. تَتَّبِعُوا۟tattabiʿūfollow
  9. مِنminfrom
  10. دُونِهِۦٓdūnihibeside Him
  11. أَوْلِيَآءَ ۗawliyāaany allies
  12. قَلِيلًۭاqalīlanLittle
  13. مَّاmā(is) what
  14. تَذَكَّرُونَtadhakkarūnayou remember

Verse 4

وَكَم مِّن قَرْيَةٍ أَهْلَكْنَـٰهَا فَجَآءَهَا بَأْسُنَا بَيَـٰتًا أَوْ هُمْ قَآئِلُونَ

Transliteration wakam min qaryatin ahlaknāhā fajāahā basunā bayātan aw hum qāilūna

English And how many cities have We destroyed, and Our punishment came to them at night or while they were sleeping at noon.

  1. وَكَمwakamAnd how many
  2. مِّنminof
  3. قَرْيَةٍqaryatina city
  4. أَهْلَكْنَـٰهَاahlaknāhāWe destroyed it
  5. فَجَآءَهَاfajāahāand came to it
  6. بَأْسُنَاbasunāOur punishment
  7. بَيَـٰتًاbayātan(at) night
  8. أَوْawor
  9. هُمْhum(while) they
  10. قَآئِلُونَqāilūnawere sleeping at noon

Verse 5

فَمَا كَانَ دَعْوَىٰهُمْ إِذْ جَآءَهُم بَأْسُنَآ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا كُنَّا ظَـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration famā kāna daʿwāhum idh jāahum basunā illā an qālū innā kunnā ẓālimīna

English And their declaration when Our punishment came to them was only that they said, "Indeed, we were wrongdoers!"

  1. فَمَاfamāThen not
  2. كَانَkānawas
  3. دَعْوَىٰهُمْdaʿwāhumtheir plea
  4. إِذْidhwhen
  5. جَآءَهُمjāahumcame to them
  6. بَأْسُنَآbasunāOur punishment
  7. إِلَّآillāexcept
  8. أَنanthat
  9. قَالُوٓا۟qālūthey said
  10. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  11. كُنَّاkunnāwere
  12. ظَـٰلِمِينَẓālimīnawrongdoers

Verse 6

فَلَنَسْـَٔلَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ أُرْسِلَ إِلَيْهِمْ وَلَنَسْـَٔلَنَّ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration falanasalanna alladhīna ur'sila ilayhim walanasalanna l-mur'salīna

English Then We will surely question those to whom [a message] was sent, and We will surely question the messengers.

  1. فَلَنَسْـَٔلَنَّfalanasalannaThen surely We will question
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose (to) whom
  3. أُرْسِلَur'silawere sent
  4. إِلَيْهِمْilayhimto them (Messengers)
  5. وَلَنَسْـَٔلَنَّwalanasalannaand surely We will question
  6. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers

Verse 7

فَلَنَقُصَّنَّ عَلَيْهِم بِعِلْمٍ ۖ وَمَا كُنَّا غَآئِبِينَ

Transliteration falanaquṣṣanna ʿalayhim biʿil'min wamā kunnā ghāibīna

English Then We will surely relate [their deeds] to them with knowledge, and We were not [at all] absent.

  1. فَلَنَقُصَّنَّfalanaquṣṣannaThen surely We will narrate
  2. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimto them
  3. بِعِلْمٍۢ ۖbiʿil'minwith knowledge
  4. وَمَاwamāand not
  5. كُنَّاkunnāwere We
  6. غَآئِبِينَghāibīnaabsent

Verse 8

وَٱلْوَزْنُ يَوْمَئِذٍ ٱلْحَقُّ ۚ فَمَن ثَقُلَتْ مَوَٰزِينُهُۥ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَ

Transliteration wal-waznu yawma-idhin l-ḥaqu faman thaqulat mawāzīnuhu fa-ulāika humu l-muf'liḥūna

English And the weighing [of deeds] that Day will be the truth. So those whose scales are heavy - it is they who will be the successful.

  1. وَٱلْوَزْنُwal-waznuAnd the weighing
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍyawma-idhinthat day
  3. ٱلْحَقُّ ۚl-ḥaqu(will be) the truth
  4. فَمَنfamanSo whose
  5. ثَقُلَتْthaqulat(will be) heavy
  6. مَوَٰزِينُهُۥmawāzīnuhuhis scales
  7. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
  8. هُمُhumu[they]
  9. ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَl-muf'liḥūna(will be) the successful ones

Verse 9

وَمَنْ خَفَّتْ مَوَٰزِينُهُۥ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا يَظْلِمُونَ

Transliteration waman khaffat mawāzīnuhu fa-ulāika alladhīna khasirū anfusahum bimā kānū biāyātinā yaẓlimūna

English And those whose scales are light - they are the ones who will lose themselves for what injustice they were doing toward Our verses.

  1. وَمَنْwamanAnd (for) those
  2. خَفَّتْkhaffat(will be) light
  3. مَوَٰزِينُهُۥmawāzīnuhuhis scales
  4. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikaso those
  5. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(will be) the ones who
  6. خَسِرُوٓا۟khasirūlost
  7. أَنفُسَهُمanfusahumthemselves
  8. بِمَاbimābecause
  9. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  10. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināto Our Verses
  11. يَظْلِمُونَyaẓlimūna(doing) injustice

Verse 10

وَلَقَدْ مَكَّنَّـٰكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَجَعَلْنَا لَكُمْ فِيهَا مَعَـٰيِشَ ۗ قَلِيلًا مَّا تَشْكُرُونَ

Transliteration walaqad makkannākum fī l-arḍi wajaʿalnā lakum fīhā maʿāyisha qalīlan mā tashkurūna

English And We have certainly established you upon the earth and made for you therein ways of livelihood. Little are you grateful.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. مَكَّنَّـٰكُمْmakkannākumWe established you
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  5. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāand We made
  6. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  7. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  8. مَعَـٰيِشَ ۗmaʿāyishalivelihood
  9. قَلِيلًۭاqalīlanLittle
  10. مَّاmā(is) what
  11. تَشْكُرُونَtashkurūnayou (are) grateful

Verse 11

وَلَقَدْ خَلَقْنَـٰكُمْ ثُمَّ صَوَّرْنَـٰكُمْ ثُمَّ قُلْنَا لِلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِ ٱسْجُدُوا۟ لِـَٔادَمَ فَسَجَدُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ إِبْلِيسَ لَمْ يَكُن مِّنَ ٱلسَّـٰجِدِينَ

Transliteration walaqad khalaqnākum thumma ṣawwarnākum thumma qul'nā lil'malāikati us'judū liādama fasajadū illā ib'līsa lam yakun mina l-sājidīna

English And We have certainly created you, [O mankind], and given you [human] form. Then We said to the angels, "Prostrate to Adam"; so they prostrated, except for Iblees. He was not of those who prostrated.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. خَلَقْنَـٰكُمْkhalaqnākumWe created you
  3. ثُمَّthummathen
  4. صَوَّرْنَـٰكُمْṣawwarnākumWe fashioned you
  5. ثُمَّthummaThen
  6. قُلْنَاqul'nāWe said
  7. لِلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِlil'malāikatito the Angels
  8. ٱسْجُدُوا۟us'judūProstrate
  9. لِـَٔادَمَliādamato Adam
  10. فَسَجَدُوٓا۟fasajadūSo they prostrated
  11. إِلَّآillāexcept
  12. إِبْلِيسَib'līsaIblis
  13. لَمْlamNot
  14. يَكُنyakunhe was
  15. مِّنَminaof
  16. ٱلسَّـٰجِدِينَl-sājidīnathose who prostrated

Verse 12

قَالَ مَا مَنَعَكَ أَلَّا تَسْجُدَ إِذْ أَمَرْتُكَ ۖ قَالَ أَنَا۠ خَيْرٌ مِّنْهُ خَلَقْتَنِى مِن نَّارٍ وَخَلَقْتَهُۥ مِن طِينٍ

Transliteration qāla mā manaʿaka allā tasjuda idh amartuka qāla anā khayrun min'hu khalaqtanī min nārin wakhalaqtahu min ṭīnin

English [Allāh] said, "What prevented you from prostrating when I commanded you?" [Satan] said, "I am better than him. You created me from fire and created him from clay [i.e., earth]."

  1. قَالَqāla(Allah) said
  2. مَاmāWhat
  3. مَنَعَكَmanaʿakaprevented you
  4. أَلَّاallāthat not
  5. تَسْجُدَtasjudayou prostrate
  6. إِذْidhwhen
  7. أَمَرْتُكَ ۖamartukaI commanded you
  8. قَالَqāla(Shaitaan) said
  9. أَنَا۠anāI am
  10. خَيْرٌۭkhayrunbetter
  11. مِّنْهُmin'huthan him
  12. خَلَقْتَنِىkhalaqtanīYou created me
  13. مِنminfrom
  14. نَّارٍۢnārinfire
  15. وَخَلَقْتَهُۥwakhalaqtahuand You created him
  16. مِنminfrom
  17. طِينٍۢṭīninclay

Verse 13

قَالَ فَٱهْبِطْ مِنْهَا فَمَا يَكُونُ لَكَ أَن تَتَكَبَّرَ فِيهَا فَٱخْرُجْ إِنَّكَ مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰغِرِينَ

Transliteration qāla fa-ih'biṭ min'hā famā yakūnu laka an tatakabbara fīhā fa-ukh'ruj innaka mina l-ṣāghirīna

English [Allāh] said, "Descend from it [i.e., Paradise], for it is not for you to be arrogant therein. So get out; indeed, you are of the debased."

  1. قَالَqāla(Allah) said
  2. فَٱهْبِطْfa-ih'biṭThen go down
  3. مِنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
  4. فَمَاfamāfor not
  5. يَكُونُyakūnuit is
  6. لَكَlakafor you
  7. أَنanthat
  8. تَتَكَبَّرَtatakabbarayou be arrogant
  9. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  10. فَٱخْرُجْfa-ukh'rujSo get out
  11. إِنَّكَinnakaindeed, you
  12. مِنَmina(are) of
  13. ٱلصَّـٰغِرِينَl-ṣāghirīnathe disgraced ones

Verse 14

قَالَ أَنظِرْنِىٓ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ يُبْعَثُونَ

Transliteration qāla anẓir'nī ilā yawmi yub'ʿathūna

English [Satan] said, "Reprieve me until the Day they are resurrected."

  1. قَالَqāla(Shaitaan) said
  2. أَنظِرْنِىٓanẓir'nīGive me respite
  3. إِلَىٰilātill
  4. يَوْمِyawmi(the) Day
  5. يُبْعَثُونَyub'ʿathūnathey are raised up

Verse 15

قَالَ إِنَّكَ مِنَ ٱلْمُنظَرِينَ

Transliteration qāla innaka mina l-munẓarīna

English [Allāh] said, "Indeed, you are of those reprieved."

  1. قَالَqāla(Allah) said
  2. إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed, you
  3. مِنَmina(are) of
  4. ٱلْمُنظَرِينَl-munẓarīnathe ones given respite

Verse 16

قَالَ فَبِمَآ أَغْوَيْتَنِى لَأَقْعُدَنَّ لَهُمْ صِرَٰطَكَ ٱلْمُسْتَقِيمَ

Transliteration qāla fabimā aghwaytanī la-aqʿudanna lahum ṣirāṭaka l-mus'taqīma

English [Satan] said, "Because You have put me in error, I will surely sit in wait for them [i.e., mankind] on Your straight path.

  1. قَالَqāla(Shaitaan) said
  2. فَبِمَآfabimāBecause
  3. أَغْوَيْتَنِىaghwaytanīYou have sent me astray
  4. لَأَقْعُدَنَّla-aqʿudannasurely I will sit
  5. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  6. صِرَٰطَكَṣirāṭaka(on) Your path
  7. ٱلْمُسْتَقِيمَl-mus'taqīmathe straight

Verse 17

ثُمَّ لَـَٔاتِيَنَّهُم مِّنۢ بَيْنِ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَمِنْ خَلْفِهِمْ وَعَنْ أَيْمَـٰنِهِمْ وَعَن شَمَآئِلِهِمْ ۖ وَلَا تَجِدُ أَكْثَرَهُمْ شَـٰكِرِينَ

Transliteration thumma laātiyannahum min bayni aydīhim wamin khalfihim waʿan aymānihim waʿan shamāilihim walā tajidu aktharahum shākirīna

English Then I will come to them from before them and from behind them and on their right and on their left, and You will not find most of them grateful [to You]."

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. لَـَٔاتِيَنَّهُمlaātiyannahumsurely, I will come to them
  3. مِّنۢminfrom
  4. بَيْنِbaynibefore
  5. أَيْدِيهِمْaydīhimthem
  6. وَمِنْwaminand from
  7. خَلْفِهِمْkhalfihimbehind them
  8. وَعَنْwaʿanand from
  9. أَيْمَـٰنِهِمْaymānihimtheir right
  10. وَعَنwaʿanand from
  11. شَمَآئِلِهِمْ ۖshamāilihimtheir left
  12. وَلَاwalāand not
  13. تَجِدُtajiduYou (will) find
  14. أَكْثَرَهُمْaktharahummost of them
  15. شَـٰكِرِينَshākirīnagrateful

Verse 18

قَالَ ٱخْرُجْ مِنْهَا مَذْءُومًا مَّدْحُورًا ۖ لَّمَن تَبِعَكَ مِنْهُمْ لَأَمْلَأَنَّ جَهَنَّمَ مِنكُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ

Transliteration qāla ukh'ruj min'hā madhūman madḥūran laman tabiʿaka min'hum la-amla-anna jahannama minkum ajmaʿīna

English [Allāh] said, "Depart from it [i.e., Paradise], reproached and expelled. Whoever follows you among them - I will surely fill Hell with you, all together."

  1. قَالَqāla(Allah) said
  2. ٱخْرُجْukh'rujGet out
  3. مِنْهَاmin'hāof it
  4. مَذْءُومًۭاmadhūmandisgraced
  5. مَّدْحُورًۭا ۖmadḥūranand expelled
  6. لَّمَنlamanCertainly, whoever
  7. تَبِعَكَtabiʿakafollows you
  8. مِنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  9. لَأَمْلَأَنَّla-amla-annasurely, I will fill
  10. جَهَنَّمَjahannamaHell
  11. مِنكُمْminkumwith you
  12. أَجْمَعِينَajmaʿīnaall

Verse 19

وَيَـٰٓـَٔادَمُ ٱسْكُنْ أَنتَ وَزَوْجُكَ ٱلْجَنَّةَ فَكُلَا مِنْ حَيْثُ شِئْتُمَا وَلَا تَقْرَبَا هَـٰذِهِ ٱلشَّجَرَةَ فَتَكُونَا مِنَ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration wayāādamu us'kun anta wazawjuka l-janata fakulā min ḥaythu shi'tumā walā taqrabā hādhihi l-shajarata fatakūnā mina l-ẓālimīna

English And "O Adam, dwell, you and your wife, in Paradise and eat from wherever you will but do not approach this tree, lest you be among the wrongdoers."

  1. وَيَـٰٓـَٔادَمُwayāādamuAnd O Adam
  2. ٱسْكُنْus'kunDwell
  3. أَنتَantayou
  4. وَزَوْجُكَwazawjukaand your wife
  5. ٱلْجَنَّةَl-janata(in) the Garden
  6. فَكُلَاfakulāand you both eat
  7. مِنْminfrom
  8. حَيْثُḥaythuwherever
  9. شِئْتُمَاshi'tumāyou both wish
  10. وَلَاwalābut (do) not
  11. تَقْرَبَاtaqrabāapproach [both of you]
  12. هَـٰذِهِhādhihithis
  13. ٱلشَّجَرَةَl-shajarata[the] tree
  14. فَتَكُونَاfatakūnālest you both be
  15. مِنَminaamong
  16. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 20

فَوَسْوَسَ لَهُمَا ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ لِيُبْدِىَ لَهُمَا مَا وُۥرِىَ عَنْهُمَا مِن سَوْءَٰتِهِمَا وَقَالَ مَا نَهَىٰكُمَا رَبُّكُمَا عَنْ هَـٰذِهِ ٱلشَّجَرَةِ إِلَّآ أَن تَكُونَا مَلَكَيْنِ أَوْ تَكُونَا مِنَ ٱلْخَـٰلِدِينَ

Transliteration fawaswasa lahumā l-shayṭānu liyub'diya lahumā mā wūriya ʿanhumā min sawātihimā waqāla mā nahākumā rabbukumā ʿan hādhihi l-shajarati illā an takūnā malakayni aw takūnā mina l-khālidīna

English But Satan whispered to them to make apparent to them that which was concealed from them of their private parts. He said, "Your Lord did not forbid you this tree except that you become angels or become of the immortal."

  1. فَوَسْوَسَfawaswasaThen whispered
  2. لَهُمَاlahumāto both of them
  3. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
  4. لِيُبْدِىَliyub'diyato make apparent
  5. لَهُمَاlahumāto both of them
  6. مَاmāwhat
  7. وُۥرِىَwūriyawas concealed
  8. عَنْهُمَاʿanhumāfrom both of them
  9. مِنminof
  10. سَوْءَٰتِهِمَاsawātihimātheir shame
  11. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd he said
  12. مَاmā(Did) not
  13. نَهَىٰكُمَاnahākumāforbid you both
  14. رَبُّكُمَاrabbukumāyour Lord
  15. عَنْʿanfrom
  16. هَـٰذِهِhādhihithis
  17. ٱلشَّجَرَةِl-shajarati[the] tree
  18. إِلَّآillāexcept
  19. أَنanthat
  20. تَكُونَاtakūnāyou two become
  21. مَلَكَيْنِmalakayniAngels
  22. أَوْawor
  23. تَكُونَاtakūnāyou two become
  24. مِنَminaof
  25. ٱلْخَـٰلِدِينَl-khālidīnathe immortals

Verse 21

وَقَاسَمَهُمَآ إِنِّى لَكُمَا لَمِنَ ٱلنَّـٰصِحِينَ

Transliteration waqāsamahumā innī lakumā lamina l-nāṣiḥīna

English And he swore [by Allāh] to them, "Indeed, I am to you from among the sincere advisors."

  1. وَقَاسَمَهُمَآwaqāsamahumāAnd he swore (to) both of them
  2. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  3. لَكُمَاlakumāto both of you
  4. لَمِنَlaminaamong
  5. ٱلنَّـٰصِحِينَl-nāṣiḥīnathe sincere advisors

Verse 22

فَدَلَّىٰهُمَا بِغُرُورٍ ۚ فَلَمَّا ذَاقَا ٱلشَّجَرَةَ بَدَتْ لَهُمَا سَوْءَٰتُهُمَا وَطَفِقَا يَخْصِفَانِ عَلَيْهِمَا مِن وَرَقِ ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۖ وَنَادَىٰهُمَا رَبُّهُمَآ أَلَمْ أَنْهَكُمَا عَن تِلْكُمَا ٱلشَّجَرَةِ وَأَقُل لَّكُمَآ إِنَّ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَ لَكُمَا عَدُوٌّ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration fadallāhumā bighurūrin falammā dhāqā l-shajarata badat lahumā sawātuhumā waṭafiqā yakhṣifāni ʿalayhimā min waraqi l-janati wanādāhumā rabbuhumā alam anhakumā ʿan til'kumā l-shajarati wa-aqul lakumā inna l-shayṭāna lakumā ʿaduwwun mubīnun

English So he made them fall, through deception. And when they tasted of the tree, their private parts became apparent to them, and they began to fasten together over themselves from the leaves of Paradise. And their Lord called to them, "Did I not forbid you from that tree and tell you that Satan is to you a clear enemy?"

  1. فَدَلَّىٰهُمَاfadallāhumāSo he made both of them fall
  2. بِغُرُورٍۢ ۚbighurūrinby deception
  3. فَلَمَّاfalammāThen when
  4. ذَاقَاdhāqāthey both tasted
  5. ٱلشَّجَرَةَl-shajaratathe tree
  6. بَدَتْbadatbecame apparent
  7. لَهُمَاlahumāto both of them
  8. سَوْءَٰتُهُمَاsawātuhumātheir shame
  9. وَطَفِقَاwaṭafiqāand they began
  10. يَخْصِفَانِyakhṣifāni(to) fasten
  11. عَلَيْهِمَاʿalayhimāover themselves
  12. مِنminfrom
  13. وَرَقِwaraqi(the) leaves
  14. ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۖl-janati(of) the Garden
  15. وَنَادَىٰهُمَاwanādāhumāAnd called them both
  16. رَبُّهُمَآrabbuhumātheir Lord
  17. أَلَمْalamDid not
  18. أَنْهَكُمَاanhakumāI forbid you both
  19. عَنʿanfrom
  20. تِلْكُمَاtil'kumāthis
  21. ٱلشَّجَرَةِl-shajarati[the] tree
  22. وَأَقُلwa-aquland [I] say
  23. لَّكُمَآlakumāto both of you
  24. إِنَّinnathat
  25. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَl-shayṭāna[the] Shaitaan
  26. لَكُمَاlakumāto both of you
  27. عَدُوٌّۭʿaduwwun(is) an enemy
  28. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunopen

Verse 23

قَالَا رَبَّنَا ظَلَمْنَآ أَنفُسَنَا وَإِن لَّمْ تَغْفِرْ لَنَا وَتَرْحَمْنَا لَنَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَ

Transliteration qālā rabbanā ẓalamnā anfusanā wa-in lam taghfir lanā watarḥamnā lanakūnanna mina l-khāsirīna

English They said, "Our Lord, we have wronged ourselves, and if You do not forgive us and have mercy upon us, we will surely be among the losers."

  1. قَالَاqālāBoth of them said
  2. رَبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
  3. ظَلَمْنَآẓalamnāwe have wronged
  4. أَنفُسَنَاanfusanāourselves
  5. وَإِنwa-inand if
  6. لَّمْlamnot
  7. تَغْفِرْtaghfirYou forgive
  8. لَنَاlanā[for] us
  9. وَتَرْحَمْنَاwatarḥamnāand have mercy (on) us
  10. لَنَكُونَنَّlanakūnannasurely, we will be
  11. مِنَminaamong
  12. ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَl-khāsirīnathe losers

Verse 24

قَالَ ٱهْبِطُوا۟ بَعْضُكُمْ لِبَعْضٍ عَدُوٌّ ۖ وَلَكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُسْتَقَرٌّ وَمَتَـٰعٌ إِلَىٰ حِينٍ

Transliteration qāla ih'biṭū baʿḍukum libaʿḍin ʿaduwwun walakum fī l-arḍi mus'taqarrun wamatāʿun ilā ḥīnin

English [Allāh] said, "Descend, being to one another enemies. And for you on the earth is a place of settlement and enjoyment [i.e., provision] for a time."

  1. قَالَqāla(Allah) said
  2. ٱهْبِطُوا۟ih'biṭūGet down
  3. بَعْضُكُمْbaʿḍukumsome of you
  4. لِبَعْضٍlibaʿḍinto some others
  5. عَدُوٌّۭ ۖʿaduwwun(as) enemy
  6. وَلَكُمْwalakumAnd for you
  7. فِىfīin
  8. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  9. مُسْتَقَرٌّۭmus'taqarrun(is) a dwelling place
  10. وَمَتَـٰعٌwamatāʿunand livelihood
  11. إِلَىٰilāfor
  12. حِينٍۢḥīnina time

Verse 25

قَالَ فِيهَا تَحْيَوْنَ وَفِيهَا تَمُوتُونَ وَمِنْهَا تُخْرَجُونَ

Transliteration qāla fīhā taḥyawna wafīhā tamūtūna wamin'hā tukh'rajūna

English He said, "Therein you will live, and therein you will die, and from it you will be brought forth."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. فِيهَاfīhāIn it
  3. تَحْيَوْنَtaḥyawnayou will live
  4. وَفِيهَاwafīhāand in it
  5. تَمُوتُونَtamūtūnayou will die
  6. وَمِنْهَاwamin'hāand from it
  7. تُخْرَجُونَtukh'rajūnayou will be brought forth

Verse 26

يَـٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ قَدْ أَنزَلْنَا عَلَيْكُمْ لِبَاسًا يُوَٰرِى سَوْءَٰتِكُمْ وَرِيشًا ۖ وَلِبَاسُ ٱلتَّقْوَىٰ ذَٰلِكَ خَيْرٌ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ مِنْ ءَايَـٰتِ ٱللَّهِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَذَّكَّرُونَ

Transliteration yābanī ādama qad anzalnā ʿalaykum libāsan yuwārī sawātikum warīshan walibāsu l-taqwā dhālika khayrun dhālika min āyāti l-lahi laʿallahum yadhakkarūna

English O children of Adam, We have bestowed upon you clothing to conceal your private parts and as adornment. But the clothing of righteousness - that is best. That is from the signs of Allāh that perhaps they will remember.

  1. يَـٰبَنِىٓyābanīO Children
  2. ءَادَمَādama(of) Adam
  3. قَدْqadVerily
  4. أَنزَلْنَاanzalnāWe have sent down
  5. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumto you
  6. لِبَاسًۭاlibāsanclothing
  7. يُوَٰرِىyuwārīit covers
  8. سَوْءَٰتِكُمْsawātikumyour shame
  9. وَرِيشًۭا ۖwarīshanand (as) an adornment
  10. وَلِبَاسُwalibāsuBut the clothing
  11. ٱلتَّقْوَىٰl-taqwā(of) [the] righteousness
  12. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  13. خَيْرٌۭ ۚkhayrun(is) best
  14. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  15. مِنْmin(is) from
  16. ءَايَـٰتِāyāti(the) Signs
  17. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  18. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  19. يَذَّكَّرُونَyadhakkarūnaremember

Verse 27

يَـٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ لَا يَفْتِنَنَّكُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ كَمَآ أَخْرَجَ أَبَوَيْكُم مِّنَ ٱلْجَنَّةِ يَنزِعُ عَنْهُمَا لِبَاسَهُمَا لِيُرِيَهُمَا سَوْءَٰتِهِمَآ ۗ إِنَّهُۥ يَرَىٰكُمْ هُوَ وَقَبِيلُهُۥ مِنْ حَيْثُ لَا تَرَوْنَهُمْ ۗ إِنَّا جَعَلْنَا ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَ أَوْلِيَآءَ لِلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration yābanī ādama lā yaftinannakumu l-shayṭānu kamā akhraja abawaykum mina l-janati yanziʿu ʿanhumā libāsahumā liyuriyahumā sawātihimā innahu yarākum huwa waqabīluhu min ḥaythu lā tarawnahum innā jaʿalnā l-shayāṭīna awliyāa lilladhīna lā yu'minūna

English O children of Adam, let not Satan tempt you as he removed your parents from Paradise, stripping them of their clothing to show them their private parts. Indeed, he sees you, he and his tribe, from where you do not see them. Indeed, We have made the devils allies to those who do not believe.

  1. يَـٰبَنِىٓyābanīO Children
  2. ءَادَمَādama(of) Adam
  3. لَاlā(Let) not
  4. يَفْتِنَنَّكُمُyaftinannakumutempt you
  5. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānu[the] Shaitaan
  6. كَمَآkamāas
  7. أَخْرَجَakhrajahe drove out
  8. أَبَوَيْكُمabawaykumyour parents
  9. مِّنَminafrom
  10. ٱلْجَنَّةِl-janatiParadise
  11. يَنزِعُyanziʿustripping
  12. عَنْهُمَاʿanhumāfrom both of them
  13. لِبَاسَهُمَاlibāsahumātheir clothing
  14. لِيُرِيَهُمَاliyuriyahumāto show both of them
  15. سَوْءَٰتِهِمَآ ۗsawātihimātheir shame
  16. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  17. يَرَىٰكُمْyarākumsees you
  18. هُوَhuwahe
  19. وَقَبِيلُهُۥwaqabīluhuand his tribe
  20. مِنْminfrom
  21. حَيْثُḥaythuwhere
  22. لَاlānot
  23. تَرَوْنَهُمْ ۗtarawnahumyou see them
  24. إِنَّاinnāIndeed
  25. جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnāWe have made
  26. ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَl-shayāṭīnathe devils
  27. أَوْلِيَآءَawliyāafriends
  28. لِلَّذِينَlilladhīnaof those who
  29. لَاlā(do) not
  30. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve

Verse 28

وَإِذَا فَعَلُوا۟ فَـٰحِشَةً قَالُوا۟ وَجَدْنَا عَلَيْهَآ ءَابَآءَنَا وَٱللَّهُ أَمَرَنَا بِهَا ۗ قُلْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَأْمُرُ بِٱلْفَحْشَآءِ ۖ أَتَقُولُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration wa-idhā faʿalū fāḥishatan qālū wajadnā ʿalayhā ābāanā wal-lahu amaranā bihā qul inna l-laha lā yamuru bil-faḥshāi ataqūlūna ʿalā l-lahi mā lā taʿlamūna

English And when they commit an immorality, they say, "We found our fathers doing it, and Allāh has ordered us to do it." Say, "Indeed, Allāh does not order immorality. Do you say about Allāh that which you do not know?"

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. فَعَلُوا۟faʿalūthey do
  3. فَـٰحِشَةًۭfāḥishatanimmorality
  4. قَالُوا۟qālūthey say
  5. وَجَدْنَاwajadnāWe found
  6. عَلَيْهَآʿalayhāon it
  7. ءَابَآءَنَاābāanāour forefathers
  8. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuand Allah
  9. أَمَرَنَاamaranā(has) ordered us
  10. بِهَا ۗbihāof it
  11. قُلْqulSay
  12. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  13. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  14. لَاlā(does) not
  15. يَأْمُرُyamuruorder
  16. بِٱلْفَحْشَآءِ ۖbil-faḥshāiimmorality
  17. أَتَقُولُونَataqūlūnaDo you say
  18. عَلَىʿalāabout
  19. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  20. مَاmāwhat
  21. لَاlānot
  22. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou know

Verse 29

قُلْ أَمَرَ رَبِّى بِٱلْقِسْطِ ۖ وَأَقِيمُوا۟ وُجُوهَكُمْ عِندَ كُلِّ مَسْجِدٍ وَٱدْعُوهُ مُخْلِصِينَ لَهُ ٱلدِّينَ ۚ كَمَا بَدَأَكُمْ تَعُودُونَ

Transliteration qul amara rabbī bil-qis'ṭi wa-aqīmū wujūhakum ʿinda kulli masjidin wa-id'ʿūhu mukh'liṣīna lahu l-dīna kamā bada-akum taʿūdūna

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "My Lord has ordered justice and that you direct yourselves [to the Qiblah] at every place [or time] of prostration, and invoke Him, sincere to Him in religion." Just as He originated you, you will return [to life] -

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَمَرَamara(Has been) ordered
  3. رَبِّىrabbī(by) my Lord
  4. بِٱلْقِسْطِ ۖbil-qis'ṭijustice
  5. وَأَقِيمُوا۟wa-aqīmūand set
  6. وُجُوهَكُمْwujūhakumyour faces
  7. عِندَʿindaat
  8. كُلِّkullievery
  9. مَسْجِدٍۢmasjidinmasjid
  10. وَٱدْعُوهُwa-id'ʿūhuand invoke Him
  11. مُخْلِصِينَmukh'liṣīna(being) sincere
  12. لَهُlahuto Him
  13. ٱلدِّينَ ۚl-dīna(in) the religion
  14. كَمَاkamāAs
  15. بَدَأَكُمْbada-akumHe originated you
  16. تَعُودُونَtaʿūdūna(so) will you return

Verse 30

فَرِيقًا هَدَىٰ وَفَرِيقًا حَقَّ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلضَّلَـٰلَةُ ۗ إِنَّهُمُ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَ أَوْلِيَآءَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَحْسَبُونَ أَنَّهُم مُّهْتَدُونَ

Transliteration farīqan hadā wafarīqan ḥaqqa ʿalayhimu l-ḍalālatu innahumu ittakhadhū l-shayāṭīna awliyāa min dūni l-lahi wayaḥsabūna annahum muh'tadūna

English A group [of you] He guided, and a group deserved [to be in] error. Indeed, they [i.e., the latter] had taken the devils as allies instead of Allāh while they thought that they were guided.

  1. فَرِيقًاfarīqanA group
  2. هَدَىٰhadāHe guided
  3. وَفَرِيقًاwafarīqanand a group
  4. حَقَّḥaqqadeserved
  5. عَلَيْهِمُʿalayhimu[on] they
  6. ٱلضَّلَـٰلَةُ ۗl-ḍalālatuthe astraying
  7. إِنَّهُمُinnahumuIndeed, they
  8. ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ittakhadhūtake
  9. ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَl-shayāṭīnathe devils
  10. أَوْلِيَآءَawliyāa(as) allies
  11. مِنminfrom
  12. دُونِdūnibesides
  13. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  14. وَيَحْسَبُونَwayaḥsabūnawhile they think
  15. أَنَّهُمannahumthat they
  16. مُّهْتَدُونَmuh'tadūna(are the) guided-ones

Verse 31

۞ يَـٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ خُذُوا۟ زِينَتَكُمْ عِندَ كُلِّ مَسْجِدٍ وَكُلُوا۟ وَٱشْرَبُوا۟ وَلَا تُسْرِفُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَ

Transliteration yābanī ādama khudhū zīnatakum ʿinda kulli masjidin wakulū wa-ish'rabū walā tus'rifū innahu lā yuḥibbu l-mus'rifīna

English O children of Adam, take your adornment [i.e., wear your clothing] at every masjid, and eat and drink, but be not excessive. Indeed, He likes not those who commit excess.

  1. ۞ يَـٰبَنِىٓyābanīO Children
  2. ءَادَمَādama(of) Adam
  3. خُذُوا۟khudhūTake
  4. زِينَتَكُمْzīnatakumyour adornment
  5. عِندَʿindaat
  6. كُلِّkullievery
  7. مَسْجِدٍۢmasjidinmasjid
  8. وَكُلُوا۟wakulūand eat
  9. وَٱشْرَبُوا۟wa-ish'rabūand drink
  10. وَلَاwalābut (do) not
  11. تُسْرِفُوٓا۟ ۚtus'rifūbe extravagant
  12. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  13. لَاlā(does) not
  14. يُحِبُّyuḥibbulove
  15. ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَl-mus'rifīnathe extravagant ones

Verse 32

قُلْ مَنْ حَرَّمَ زِينَةَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلَّتِىٓ أَخْرَجَ لِعِبَادِهِۦ وَٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتِ مِنَ ٱلرِّزْقِ ۚ قُلْ هِىَ لِلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا خَالِصَةً يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۗ كَذَٰلِكَ نُفَصِّلُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration qul man ḥarrama zīnata l-lahi allatī akhraja liʿibādihi wal-ṭayibāti mina l-riz'qi qul hiya lilladhīna āmanū fī l-ḥayati l-dun'yā khāliṣatan yawma l-qiyāmati kadhālika nufaṣṣilu l-āyāti liqawmin yaʿlamūna

English Say, "Who has forbidden the adornment of [i.e., from] Allāh which He has produced for His servants and the good [lawful] things of provision?" Say, "They are for those who believed during the life of this world, exclusively [for them] on the Day of Resurrection." Thus do We detail the verses for a people who know.

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. مَنْmanWho
  3. حَرَّمَḥarramahas forbidden
  4. زِينَةَzīnata(the) adornment
  5. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(from) Allah
  6. ٱلَّتِىٓallatīwhich
  7. أَخْرَجَakhrajaHe has brought forth
  8. لِعِبَادِهِۦliʿibādihifor His slaves
  9. وَٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتِwal-ṭayibātiand the pure things
  10. مِنَminaof
  11. ٱلرِّزْقِ ۚl-riz'qisustenance
  12. قُلْqulSay
  13. هِىَhiyaThey
  14. لِلَّذِينَlilladhīna(are) for those who
  15. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  16. فِىfīduring
  17. ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayatithe life
  18. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā(of) the world
  19. خَالِصَةًۭkhāliṣatanexclusively (for them)
  20. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  21. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۗl-qiyāmati(of) Resurrection
  22. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  23. نُفَصِّلُnufaṣṣiluWe explain
  24. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Signs
  25. لِقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor (the) people
  26. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnawho know

Verse 33

قُلْ إِنَّمَا حَرَّمَ رَبِّىَ ٱلْفَوَٰحِشَ مَا ظَهَرَ مِنْهَا وَمَا بَطَنَ وَٱلْإِثْمَ وَٱلْبَغْىَ بِغَيْرِ ٱلْحَقِّ وَأَن تُشْرِكُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ مَا لَمْ يُنَزِّلْ بِهِۦ سُلْطَـٰنًا وَأَن تَقُولُوا۟ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration qul innamā ḥarrama rabbiya l-fawāḥisha mā ẓahara min'hā wamā baṭana wal-ith'ma wal-baghya bighayri l-ḥaqi wa-an tush'rikū bil-lahi mā lam yunazzil bihi sul'ṭānan wa-an taqūlū ʿalā l-lahi mā lā taʿlamūna

English Say, "My Lord has only forbidden immoralities - what is apparent of them and what is concealed - and sin, and oppression without right, and that you associate with Allāh that for which He has not sent down authority, and that you say about Allāh that which you do not know."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  3. حَرَّمَḥarrama(had) forbidden
  4. رَبِّىَrabbiyamy Lord
  5. ٱلْفَوَٰحِشَl-fawāḥishathe shameful deeds
  6. مَاmāwhat
  7. ظَهَرَẓahara(is) apparent
  8. مِنْهَاmin'hāof it
  9. وَمَاwamāand what
  10. بَطَنَbaṭanais concealed
  11. وَٱلْإِثْمَwal-ith'maand the sin
  12. وَٱلْبَغْىَwal-baghyaand the oppression
  13. بِغَيْرِbighayriwithout
  14. ٱلْحَقِّl-ḥaqi[the] right
  15. وَأَنwa-anand that
  16. تُشْرِكُوا۟tush'rikūyou associate (others)
  17. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiwith Allah
  18. مَاmāwhat
  19. لَمْlamnot
  20. يُنَزِّلْyunazzilHe (has) sent down
  21. بِهِۦbihiof it
  22. سُلْطَـٰنًۭاsul'ṭānanany authority
  23. وَأَنwa-anand that
  24. تَقُولُوا۟taqūlūyou say
  25. عَلَىʿalāabout
  26. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  27. مَاmāwhat
  28. لَاlānot
  29. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou know

Verse 34

وَلِكُلِّ أُمَّةٍ أَجَلٌ ۖ فَإِذَا جَآءَ أَجَلُهُمْ لَا يَسْتَأْخِرُونَ سَاعَةً ۖ وَلَا يَسْتَقْدِمُونَ

Transliteration walikulli ummatin ajalun fa-idhā jāa ajaluhum lā yastakhirūna sāʿatan walā yastaqdimūna

English And for every nation is a [specified] term. So when their time has come, they will not remain behind an hour, nor will they precede [it].

  1. وَلِكُلِّwalikulliAnd for every
  2. أُمَّةٍummatinnation
  3. أَجَلٌۭ ۖajalun(is a fixed) term
  4. فَإِذَاfa-idhāSo when
  5. جَآءَjāacomes
  6. أَجَلُهُمْajaluhumtheir term
  7. لَاlā(they can) not
  8. يَسْتَأْخِرُونَyastakhirūnaseek to delay
  9. سَاعَةًۭ ۖsāʿatanan hour
  10. وَلَاwalāand not
  11. يَسْتَقْدِمُونَyastaqdimūnaseek to advance (it)

Verse 35

يَـٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ إِمَّا يَأْتِيَنَّكُمْ رُسُلٌ مِّنكُمْ يَقُصُّونَ عَلَيْكُمْ ءَايَـٰتِى ۙ فَمَنِ ٱتَّقَىٰ وَأَصْلَحَ فَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ

Transliteration yābanī ādama immā yatiyannakum rusulun minkum yaquṣṣūna ʿalaykum āyātī famani ittaqā wa-aṣlaḥa falā khawfun ʿalayhim walā hum yaḥzanūna

English O children of Adam, if there come to you messengers from among you relating to you My verses [i.e., scriptures and laws], then whoever fears Allāh and reforms - there will be no fear concerning them, nor will they grieve.

  1. يَـٰبَنِىٓyābanīO Children
  2. ءَادَمَādama(of) Adam
  3. إِمَّاimmāIf
  4. يَأْتِيَنَّكُمْyatiyannakumcome to you
  5. رُسُلٌۭrusulunMessengers
  6. مِّنكُمْminkumfrom you
  7. يَقُصُّونَyaquṣṣūnarelating
  8. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumto you
  9. ءَايَـٰتِى ۙāyātīMy Verses
  10. فَمَنِfamanithen whoever
  11. ٱتَّقَىٰittaqāfears Allah
  12. وَأَصْلَحَwa-aṣlaḥaand reforms
  13. فَلَاfalāthen no
  14. خَوْفٌkhawfunfear
  15. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimon them
  16. وَلَاwalāand not
  17. هُمْhumthey
  18. يَحْزَنُونَyaḥzanūnawill grieve

Verse 36

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ عَنْهَآ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَـٰبُ ٱلنَّارِ ۖ هُمْ فِيهَا خَـٰلِدُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā wa-is'takbarū ʿanhā ulāika aṣḥābu l-nāri hum fīhā khālidūna

English But the ones who deny Our verses and are arrogant toward them - those are the companions of the Fire; they will abide therein eternally.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaBut those who
  2. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdeny
  3. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Verses
  4. وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟wa-is'takbarūand (are) arrogant
  5. عَنْهَآʿanhātowards them
  6. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikathose
  7. أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(are the) companions
  8. ٱلنَّارِ ۖl-nāri(of) the Fire
  9. هُمْhumthey
  10. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  11. خَـٰلِدُونَkhālidūnawill abide forever

Verse 37

فَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا أَوْ كَذَّبَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِهِۦٓ ۚ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ يَنَالُهُمْ نَصِيبُهُم مِّنَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَتْهُمْ رُسُلُنَا يَتَوَفَّوْنَهُمْ قَالُوٓا۟ أَيْنَ مَا كُنتُمْ تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ قَالُوا۟ ضَلُّوا۟ عَنَّا وَشَهِدُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ أَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ كَـٰفِرِينَ

Transliteration faman aẓlamu mimmani if'tarā ʿalā l-lahi kadhiban aw kadhaba biāyātihi ulāika yanāluhum naṣībuhum mina l-kitābi ḥattā idhā jāathum rusulunā yatawaffawnahum qālū ayna mā kuntum tadʿūna min dūni l-lahi qālū ḍallū ʿannā washahidū ʿalā anfusihim annahum kānū kāfirīna

English And who is more unjust than one who invents about Allāh a lie or denies His verses? Those will attain their portion of the decree until, when Our messengers [i.e., angels] come to them to take them in death, they will say, "Where are those you used to invoke besides Allāh?" They will say, "They have departed from us," and will bear witness against themselves that they were disbelievers.

  1. فَمَنْfamanThen who
  2. أَظْلَمُaẓlamu(is) more unjust
  3. مِمَّنِmimmanithan (one) who
  4. ٱفْتَرَىٰif'tarāinvented
  5. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  7. كَذِبًاkadhibana lie
  8. أَوْawor
  9. كَذَّبَkadhabadenies
  10. بِـَٔايَـٰتِهِۦٓ ۚbiāyātihiHis Verses
  11. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  12. يَنَالُهُمْyanāluhumwill reach them
  13. نَصِيبُهُمnaṣībuhumtheir portion
  14. مِّنَminafrom
  15. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ ۖl-kitābithe Book
  16. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  17. إِذَاidhāwhen
  18. جَآءَتْهُمْjāathumcomes to them
  19. رُسُلُنَاrusulunāOur messengers (Angels)
  20. يَتَوَفَّوْنَهُمْyatawaffawnahum(to) take them in death
  21. قَالُوٓا۟qālūthey say
  22. أَيْنَaynaWhere are
  23. مَاmāthose (whom)
  24. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  25. تَدْعُونَtadʿūnainvoke
  26. مِنminfrom
  27. دُونِdūnibesides
  28. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahiAllah
  29. قَالُوا۟qālūThey say
  30. ضَلُّوا۟ḍallūThey strayed
  31. عَنَّاʿannāfrom us
  32. وَشَهِدُوا۟washahidūand they (will) testify
  33. عَلَىٰٓʿalāagainst
  34. أَنفُسِهِمْanfusihimthemselves
  35. أَنَّهُمْannahumthat they
  36. كَانُوا۟kānūwere
  37. كَـٰفِرِينَkāfirīnadisbelievers

Verse 38

قَالَ ٱدْخُلُوا۟ فِىٓ أُمَمٍ قَدْ خَلَتْ مِن قَبْلِكُم مِّنَ ٱلْجِنِّ وَٱلْإِنسِ فِى ٱلنَّارِ ۖ كُلَّمَا دَخَلَتْ أُمَّةٌ لَّعَنَتْ أُخْتَهَا ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا ٱدَّارَكُوا۟ فِيهَا جَمِيعًا قَالَتْ أُخْرَىٰهُمْ لِأُولَىٰهُمْ رَبَّنَا هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ أَضَلُّونَا فَـَٔاتِهِمْ عَذَابًا ضِعْفًا مِّنَ ٱلنَّارِ ۖ قَالَ لِكُلٍّ ضِعْفٌ وَلَـٰكِن لَّا تَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration qāla ud'khulū fī umamin qad khalat min qablikum mina l-jini wal-insi fī l-nāri kullamā dakhalat ummatun laʿanat ukh'tahā ḥattā idhā iddārakū fīhā jamīʿan qālat ukh'rāhum liūlāhum rabbanā hāulāi aḍallūnā faātihim ʿadhāban ḍiʿ'fan mina l-nāri qāla likullin ḍiʿ'fun walākin lā taʿlamūna

English [Allāh] will say, "Enter among nations which had passed on before you of jinn and mankind into the Fire." Every time a nation enters, it will curse its sister until, when they have all overtaken one another therein, the last of them will say about the first of them, "Our Lord, these had misled us, so give them a double punishment of the Fire." He will say, "For each is double, but you do not know."

  1. قَالَqālaHe (will) say
  2. ٱدْخُلُوا۟ud'khulūEnter
  3. فِىٓfīamong
  4. أُمَمٍۢumamin(the) nations
  5. قَدْqad(who)
  6. خَلَتْkhalatpassed away
  7. مِنminfrom
  8. قَبْلِكُمqablikumbefore you
  9. مِّنَminaof
  10. ٱلْجِنِّl-jinithe jinn
  11. وَٱلْإِنسِwal-insiand the men
  12. فِىfīin
  13. ٱلنَّارِ ۖl-nārithe Fire
  14. كُلَّمَاkullamāEvery time
  15. دَخَلَتْdakhalatentered
  16. أُمَّةٌۭummatuna nation
  17. لَّعَنَتْlaʿanatit cursed
  18. أُخْتَهَا ۖukh'tahāits sister (nation)
  19. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  20. إِذَاidhāwhen
  21. ٱدَّارَكُوا۟iddārakūthey had overtaken one another
  22. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  23. جَمِيعًۭاjamīʿanall
  24. قَالَتْqālat(will) say
  25. أُخْرَىٰهُمْukh'rāhum(the) last of them
  26. لِأُولَىٰهُمْliūlāhumabout the first of them
  27. رَبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
  28. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāithese
  29. أَضَلُّونَاaḍallūnāmisled us
  30. فَـَٔاتِهِمْfaātihimso give them
  31. عَذَابًۭاʿadhābanpunishment
  32. ضِعْفًۭاḍiʿ'fandouble
  33. مِّنَminaof
  34. ٱلنَّارِ ۖl-nārithe Fire
  35. قَالَqālaHe (will) say
  36. لِكُلٍّۢlikullinFor each
  37. ضِعْفٌۭḍiʿ'fun(is) a double
  38. وَلَـٰكِنwalākin[and] but
  39. لَّاlānot
  40. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou know

Verse 39

وَقَالَتْ أُولَىٰهُمْ لِأُخْرَىٰهُمْ فَمَا كَانَ لَكُمْ عَلَيْنَا مِن فَضْلٍ فَذُوقُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَكْسِبُونَ

Transliteration waqālat ūlāhum li-ukh'rāhum famā kāna lakum ʿalaynā min faḍlin fadhūqū l-ʿadhāba bimā kuntum taksibūna

English And the first of them will say to the last of them, "Then you had not any favor over us, so taste the punishment for what you used to earn."

  1. وَقَالَتْwaqālatAnd (will) say
  2. أُولَىٰهُمْūlāhum(the) first of them
  3. لِأُخْرَىٰهُمْli-ukh'rāhumto (the) last of them
  4. فَمَاfamāThen not
  5. كَانَkānais
  6. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  7. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāupon us
  8. مِنminany
  9. فَضْلٍۢfaḍlinsuperiority
  10. فَذُوقُوا۟fadhūqūso taste
  11. ٱلْعَذَابَl-ʿadhābathe punishment
  12. بِمَاbimāfor what
  13. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  14. تَكْسِبُونَtaksibūnaearn

Verse 40

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ عَنْهَا لَا تُفَتَّحُ لَهُمْ أَبْوَٰبُ ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَلَا يَدْخُلُونَ ٱلْجَنَّةَ حَتَّىٰ يَلِجَ ٱلْجَمَلُ فِى سَمِّ ٱلْخِيَاطِ ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ

Transliteration inna alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā wa-is'takbarū ʿanhā lā tufattaḥu lahum abwābu l-samāi walā yadkhulūna l-janata ḥattā yalija l-jamalu fī sammi l-khiyāṭi wakadhālika najzī l-muj'rimīna

English Indeed, those who deny Our verses and are arrogant toward them - the gates of Heaven will not be opened for them, nor will they enter Paradise until a camel enters into the eye of a needle [i.e., never]. And thus do We recompense the criminals.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  4. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Verses
  5. وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟wa-is'takbarūand (were) arrogant
  6. عَنْهَاʿanhātowards them
  7. لَاlā(will) not
  8. تُفَتَّحُtufattaḥube opened
  9. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  10. أَبْوَٰبُabwābu(the) doors
  11. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāi(of) the heaven
  12. وَلَاwalāand not
  13. يَدْخُلُونَyadkhulūnathey will enter
  14. ٱلْجَنَّةَl-janataParadise
  15. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  16. يَلِجَyalijapasses
  17. ٱلْجَمَلُl-jamaluthe camel
  18. فِىfīthrough
  19. سَمِّsammi(the) eye
  20. ٱلْخِيَاطِ ۚl-khiyāṭi(of) the needle
  21. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  22. نَجْزِىnajzīWe recompense
  23. ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَl-muj'rimīnathe criminals

Verse 41

لَهُم مِّن جَهَنَّمَ مِهَادٌ وَمِن فَوْقِهِمْ غَوَاشٍ ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration lahum min jahannama mihādun wamin fawqihim ghawāshin wakadhālika najzī l-ẓālimīna

English They will have from Hell a bed and over them coverings [of fire]. And thus do We recompense the wrongdoers.

  1. لَهُمlahumFor them
  2. مِّنminof
  3. جَهَنَّمَjahannama(the) Hell
  4. مِهَادٌۭmihādun(is) a bed
  5. وَمِنwaminand from
  6. فَوْقِهِمْfawqihimover them
  7. غَوَاشٍۢ ۚghawāshincoverings
  8. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  9. نَجْزِىnajzīWe recompense
  10. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 42

وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ لَا نُكَلِّفُ نَفْسًا إِلَّا وُسْعَهَآ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَـٰبُ ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۖ هُمْ فِيهَا خَـٰلِدُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna āmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti lā nukallifu nafsan illā wus'ʿahā ulāika aṣḥābu l-janati hum fīhā khālidūna

English But those who believed and did righteous deeds - We charge no soul except [within] its capacity. Those are the companions of Paradise; they will abide therein eternally.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaBut those who
  2. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  3. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand do
  4. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥāti[the] righteous deeds
  5. لَاlānot
  6. نُكَلِّفُnukallifuWe burden
  7. نَفْسًاnafsanany soul
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. وُسْعَهَآwus'ʿahā(to) its capacity
  10. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  11. أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(are the) companions
  12. ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۖl-janati(of) Paradise
  13. هُمْhumthey
  14. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  15. خَـٰلِدُونَkhālidūna(will) abide forever

Verse 43

وَنَزَعْنَا مَا فِى صُدُورِهِم مِّنْ غِلٍّ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهِمُ ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُ ۖ وَقَالُوا۟ ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ ٱلَّذِى هَدَىٰنَا لِهَـٰذَا وَمَا كُنَّا لِنَهْتَدِىَ لَوْلَآ أَنْ هَدَىٰنَا ٱللَّهُ ۖ لَقَدْ جَآءَتْ رُسُلُ رَبِّنَا بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖ وَنُودُوٓا۟ أَن تِلْكُمُ ٱلْجَنَّةُ أُورِثْتُمُوهَا بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration wanazaʿnā mā fī ṣudūrihim min ghillin tajrī min taḥtihimu l-anhāru waqālū l-ḥamdu lillahi alladhī hadānā lihādhā wamā kunnā linahtadiya lawlā an hadānā l-lahu laqad jāat rusulu rabbinā bil-ḥaqi wanūdū an til'kumu l-janatu ūrith'tumūhā bimā kuntum taʿmalūna

English And We will have removed whatever is within their breasts of resentment, [while] flowing beneath them are rivers. And they will say, "Praise to Allāh, who has guided us to this; and we would never have been guided if Allāh had not guided us. Certainly the messengers of our Lord had come with the truth." And they will be called, "This is Paradise, which you have been made to inherit for what you used to do."

  1. وَنَزَعْنَاwanazaʿnāAnd We will remove
  2. مَاmāwhatever
  3. فِىfī(is) in
  4. صُدُورِهِمṣudūrihimtheir breasts
  5. مِّنْminof
  6. غِلٍّۢghillinmalice
  7. تَجْرِىtajrīFlows
  8. مِنminfrom
  9. تَحْتِهِمُtaḥtihimuunderneath them
  10. ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُ ۖl-anhāruthe rivers
  11. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they will say
  12. ٱلْحَمْدُl-ḥamduAll the praise
  13. لِلَّهِlillahi(is) for Allah
  14. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  15. هَدَىٰنَاhadānāguided us
  16. لِهَـٰذَاlihādhāto this
  17. وَمَاwamāand not
  18. كُنَّاkunnāwe were
  19. لِنَهْتَدِىَlinahtadiyato receive guidance
  20. لَوْلَآlawlāif not
  21. أَنْan[that]
  22. هَدَىٰنَاhadānā(had) guided us
  23. ٱللَّهُ ۖl-lahuAllah
  24. لَقَدْlaqadCertainly
  25. جَآءَتْjāatcame
  26. رُسُلُrusuluMessengers
  27. رَبِّنَاrabbinā(of) our Lord
  28. بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖbil-ḥaqiwith the truth
  29. وَنُودُوٓا۟wanūdūAnd they will be addressed
  30. أَنan[that]
  31. تِلْكُمُtil'kumuThis
  32. ٱلْجَنَّةُl-janatu(is) Paradise
  33. أُورِثْتُمُوهَاūrith'tumūhāyou have been made to inherit it
  34. بِمَاbimāfor what
  35. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  36. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnado

Verse 44

وَنَادَىٰٓ أَصْحَـٰبُ ٱلْجَنَّةِ أَصْحَـٰبَ ٱلنَّارِ أَن قَدْ وَجَدْنَا مَا وَعَدَنَا رَبُّنَا حَقًّا فَهَلْ وَجَدتُّم مَّا وَعَدَ رَبُّكُمْ حَقًّا ۖ قَالُوا۟ نَعَمْ ۚ فَأَذَّنَ مُؤَذِّنٌۢ بَيْنَهُمْ أَن لَّعْنَةُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَى ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration wanādā aṣḥābu l-janati aṣḥāba l-nāri an qad wajadnā mā waʿadanā rabbunā ḥaqqan fahal wajadttum mā waʿada rabbukum ḥaqqan qālū naʿam fa-adhana mu-adhinun baynahum an laʿnatu l-lahi ʿalā l-ẓālimīna

English And the companions of Paradise will call out to the companions of the Fire, "We have already found what our Lord promised us to be true. Have you found what your Lord promised to be true?" They will say, "Yes." Then an announcer will announce among them, "The curse of Allāh shall be upon the wrongdoers

  1. وَنَادَىٰٓwanādāAnd will call out
  2. أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(the) companions
  3. ٱلْجَنَّةِl-janati(of) Paradise
  4. أَصْحَـٰبَaṣḥāba(to the) companions
  5. ٱلنَّارِl-nāri(of) the Fire
  6. أَنanthat
  7. قَدْqadIndeed
  8. وَجَدْنَاwajadnāwe found
  9. مَاmāwhat
  10. وَعَدَنَاwaʿadanā(had) promised us
  11. رَبُّنَاrabbunāour Lord
  12. حَقًّۭاḥaqqantrue
  13. فَهَلْfahalSo have
  14. وَجَدتُّمwajadttumyou found
  15. مَّاmāwhat
  16. وَعَدَwaʿada(was) promised
  17. رَبُّكُمْrabbukum(by) your Lord
  18. حَقًّۭا ۖḥaqqan(to be) true
  19. قَالُوا۟qālūThey will say
  20. نَعَمْ ۚnaʿamYes
  21. فَأَذَّنَfa-adhanaThen will announce
  22. مُؤَذِّنٌۢmu-adhinunan announcer
  23. بَيْنَهُمْbaynahumamong them
  24. أَنan[that]
  25. لَّعْنَةُlaʿnatu(The) curse
  26. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  27. عَلَىʿalā(is) on
  28. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 45

ٱلَّذِينَ يَصُدُّونَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَبْغُونَهَا عِوَجًا وَهُم بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ كَـٰفِرُونَ

Transliteration alladhīna yaṣuddūna ʿan sabīli l-lahi wayabghūnahā ʿiwajan wahum bil-ākhirati kāfirūna

English Who averted [people] from the way of Allāh and sought to make it [seem] deviant while they were, concerning the Hereafter, disbelievers."

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  2. يَصُدُّونَyaṣuddūnahinder
  3. عَنʿanfrom
  4. سَبِيلِsabīli(the) way
  5. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  6. وَيَبْغُونَهَاwayabghūnahāand seek in it
  7. عِوَجًۭاʿiwajancrookedness
  8. وَهُمwahumwhile they (are)
  9. بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِbil-ākhiraticoncerning the Hereafter
  10. كَـٰفِرُونَkāfirūnadisbelievers

Verse 46

وَبَيْنَهُمَا حِجَابٌ ۚ وَعَلَى ٱلْأَعْرَافِ رِجَالٌ يَعْرِفُونَ كُلًّۢا بِسِيمَىٰهُمْ ۚ وَنَادَوْا۟ أَصْحَـٰبَ ٱلْجَنَّةِ أَن سَلَـٰمٌ عَلَيْكُمْ ۚ لَمْ يَدْخُلُوهَا وَهُمْ يَطْمَعُونَ

Transliteration wabaynahumā ḥijābun waʿalā l-aʿrāfi rijālun yaʿrifūna kullan bisīmāhum wanādaw aṣḥāba l-janati an salāmun ʿalaykum lam yadkhulūhā wahum yaṭmaʿūna

English And between them will be a partition [i.e., wall], and on [its] elevations are men who recognize all by their mark. And they call out to the companions of Paradise, "Peace be upon you." They have not [yet] entered it, but they long intensely.

  1. وَبَيْنَهُمَاwabaynahumāAnd between them
  2. حِجَابٌۭ ۚḥijābun(will be) a partition
  3. وَعَلَىwaʿalāand on
  4. ٱلْأَعْرَافِl-aʿrāfithe heights
  5. رِجَالٌۭrijālun(will be) men
  6. يَعْرِفُونَyaʿrifūnarecognizing
  7. كُلًّۢاkullanall
  8. بِسِيمَىٰهُمْ ۚbisīmāhumby their marks
  9. وَنَادَوْا۟wanādawAnd they will call out
  10. أَصْحَـٰبَaṣḥāba(to the) companions
  11. ٱلْجَنَّةِl-janati(of) Paradise
  12. أَنanthat
  13. سَلَـٰمٌsalāmunPeace
  14. عَلَيْكُمْ ۚʿalaykum(be) upon you
  15. لَمْlamNot
  16. يَدْخُلُوهَاyadkhulūhāthey have entered it
  17. وَهُمْwahumbut they
  18. يَطْمَعُونَyaṭmaʿūnahope

Verse 47

۞ وَإِذَا صُرِفَتْ أَبْصَـٰرُهُمْ تِلْقَآءَ أَصْحَـٰبِ ٱلنَّارِ قَالُوا۟ رَبَّنَا لَا تَجْعَلْنَا مَعَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration wa-idhā ṣurifat abṣāruhum til'qāa aṣḥābi l-nāri qālū rabbanā lā tajʿalnā maʿa l-qawmi l-ẓālimīna

English And when their eyes are turned toward the companions of the Fire, they say, "Our Lord, do not place us with the wrongdoing people."

  1. ۞ وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. صُرِفَتْṣurifatare turned
  3. أَبْصَـٰرُهُمْabṣāruhumtheir eyes
  4. تِلْقَآءَtil'qāatowards
  5. أَصْحَـٰبِaṣḥābi(the) companions
  6. ٱلنَّارِl-nāri(of) the Fire
  7. قَالُوا۟qālūthey (will) say
  8. رَبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
  9. لَاlā(Do) not
  10. تَجْعَلْنَاtajʿalnāplace us
  11. مَعَmaʿawith
  12. ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmithe people
  13. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 48

وَنَادَىٰٓ أَصْحَـٰبُ ٱلْأَعْرَافِ رِجَالًا يَعْرِفُونَهُم بِسِيمَىٰهُمْ قَالُوا۟ مَآ أَغْنَىٰ عَنكُمْ جَمْعُكُمْ وَمَا كُنتُمْ تَسْتَكْبِرُونَ

Transliteration wanādā aṣḥābu l-aʿrāfi rijālan yaʿrifūnahum bisīmāhum qālū mā aghnā ʿankum jamʿukum wamā kuntum tastakbirūna

English And the companions of the Elevations will call to men [within Hell] whom they recognize by their mark, saying, "Of no avail to you was your gathering and [the fact] that you were arrogant."

  1. وَنَادَىٰٓwanādāAnd (will) call out
  2. أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(the) companions
  3. ٱلْأَعْرَافِl-aʿrāfi(of) the heights
  4. رِجَالًۭاrijālan(to) men
  5. يَعْرِفُونَهُمyaʿrifūnahumwhom they recognize
  6. بِسِيمَىٰهُمْbisīmāhumby their marks
  7. قَالُوا۟qālūsaying
  8. مَآmāNot
  9. أَغْنَىٰaghnā(has) availed
  10. عَنكُمْʿankum[to] you
  11. جَمْعُكُمْjamʿukumyour gathering
  12. وَمَاwamāand what
  13. كُنتُمْkuntumyou were
  14. تَسْتَكْبِرُونَtastakbirūnaarrogant (about)

Verse 49

أَهَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ ٱلَّذِينَ أَقْسَمْتُمْ لَا يَنَالُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِرَحْمَةٍ ۚ ٱدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْجَنَّةَ لَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْكُمْ وَلَآ أَنتُمْ تَحْزَنُونَ

Transliteration ahāulāi alladhīna aqsamtum lā yanāluhumu l-lahu biraḥmatin ud'khulū l-janata lā khawfun ʿalaykum walā antum taḥzanūna

English [Allāh will say], "Are these the ones whom you [inhabitants of Hell] swore that Allāh would never offer them mercy? Enter Paradise, [O people of the Elevations]. No fear will there be concerning you, nor will you grieve."

  1. أَهَـٰٓؤُلَآءِahāulāiAre these
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathe ones whom
  3. أَقْسَمْتُمْaqsamtumyou had sworn
  4. لَاlā(that) not
  5. يَنَالُهُمُyanāluhumu(will) grant them
  6. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  7. بِرَحْمَةٍ ۚbiraḥmatinMercy
  8. ٱدْخُلُوا۟ud'khulūEnter
  9. ٱلْجَنَّةَl-janataParadise
  10. لَاlā(There will be) no
  11. خَوْفٌkhawfunfear
  12. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumupon you
  13. وَلَآwalāand not
  14. أَنتُمْantumyou
  15. تَحْزَنُونَtaḥzanūnawill grieve

Verse 50

وَنَادَىٰٓ أَصْحَـٰبُ ٱلنَّارِ أَصْحَـٰبَ ٱلْجَنَّةِ أَنْ أَفِيضُوا۟ عَلَيْنَا مِنَ ٱلْمَآءِ أَوْ مِمَّا رَزَقَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ ۚ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ حَرَّمَهُمَا عَلَى ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَ

Transliteration wanādā aṣḥābu l-nāri aṣḥāba l-janati an afīḍū ʿalaynā mina l-māi aw mimmā razaqakumu l-lahu qālū inna l-laha ḥarramahumā ʿalā l-kāfirīna

English And the companions of the Fire will call to the companions of Paradise, "Pour upon us some water or from whatever Allāh has provided you." They will say, "Indeed, Allāh has forbidden them both to the disbelievers

  1. وَنَادَىٰٓwanādāAnd (will) call out
  2. أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(the) companions
  3. ٱلنَّارِl-nāri(of) the Fire
  4. أَصْحَـٰبَaṣḥāba(to the) companions
  5. ٱلْجَنَّةِl-janati(of) Paradise
  6. أَنْan[that]
  7. أَفِيضُوا۟afīḍūPour
  8. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāupon us
  9. مِنَmina[of]
  10. ٱلْمَآءِl-māi(some) water
  11. أَوْawor
  12. مِمَّاmimmāof what
  13. رَزَقَكُمُrazaqakumu(has been) provided (to) you
  14. ٱللَّهُ ۚl-lahu(by) Allah
  15. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey (will) say
  16. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  17. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  18. حَرَّمَهُمَاḥarramahumāhas forbidden both
  19. عَلَىʿalāto
  20. ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَl-kāfirīnathe disbelievers

Verse 51

ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ دِينَهُمْ لَهْوًا وَلَعِبًا وَغَرَّتْهُمُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚ فَٱلْيَوْمَ نَنسَىٰهُمْ كَمَا نَسُوا۟ لِقَآءَ يَوْمِهِمْ هَـٰذَا وَمَا كَانُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا يَجْحَدُونَ

Transliteration alladhīna ittakhadhū dīnahum lahwan walaʿiban wagharrathumu l-ḥayatu l-dun'yā fal-yawma nansāhum kamā nasū liqāa yawmihim hādhā wamā kānū biāyātinā yajḥadūna

English Who took their religion as distraction and amusement and whom the worldly life deluded." So today We will forget them just as they forgot the meeting of this Day of theirs and for having rejected Our verses.

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  2. ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ittakhadhūtook
  3. دِينَهُمْdīnahumtheir religion
  4. لَهْوًۭاlahwan(as) an amusement
  5. وَلَعِبًۭاwalaʿibanand play
  6. وَغَرَّتْهُمُwagharrathumuand deluded them
  7. ٱلْحَيَوٰةُl-ḥayatuthe life
  8. ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚl-dun'yā(of) the world
  9. فَٱلْيَوْمَfal-yawmaSo today
  10. نَنسَىٰهُمْnansāhumWe forget them
  11. كَمَاkamāas
  12. نَسُوا۟nasūthey forgot
  13. لِقَآءَliqāa(the) meeting
  14. يَوْمِهِمْyawmihim(of) their day
  15. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  16. وَمَاwamāand [what]
  17. كَانُوا۟kānū(as) they used to
  18. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināwith Our Verses
  19. يَجْحَدُونَyajḥadūnathey reject

Verse 52

وَلَقَدْ جِئْنَـٰهُم بِكِتَـٰبٍ فَصَّلْنَـٰهُ عَلَىٰ عِلْمٍ هُدًى وَرَحْمَةً لِّقَوْمٍ يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration walaqad ji'nāhum bikitābin faṣṣalnāhu ʿalā ʿil'min hudan waraḥmatan liqawmin yu'minūna

English And We had certainly brought them a Book which We detailed by knowledge - as guidance and mercy to a people who believe.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. جِئْنَـٰهُمji'nāhumWe had brought them
  3. بِكِتَـٰبٍۢbikitābina Book
  4. فَصَّلْنَـٰهُfaṣṣalnāhuwhich We have explained
  5. عَلَىٰʿalāwith
  6. عِلْمٍʿil'minknowledge
  7. هُدًۭىhudanas guidance
  8. وَرَحْمَةًۭwaraḥmatanand mercy
  9. لِّقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  10. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnawho believe

Verse 53

هَلْ يَنظُرُونَ إِلَّا تَأْوِيلَهُۥ ۚ يَوْمَ يَأْتِى تَأْوِيلُهُۥ يَقُولُ ٱلَّذِينَ نَسُوهُ مِن قَبْلُ قَدْ جَآءَتْ رُسُلُ رَبِّنَا بِٱلْحَقِّ فَهَل لَّنَا مِن شُفَعَآءَ فَيَشْفَعُوا۟ لَنَآ أَوْ نُرَدُّ فَنَعْمَلَ غَيْرَ ٱلَّذِى كُنَّا نَعْمَلُ ۚ قَدْ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَضَلَّ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ

Transliteration hal yanẓurūna illā tawīlahu yawma yatī tawīluhu yaqūlu alladhīna nasūhu min qablu qad jāat rusulu rabbinā bil-ḥaqi fahal lanā min shufaʿāa fayashfaʿū lanā aw nuraddu fanaʿmala ghayra alladhī kunnā naʿmalu qad khasirū anfusahum waḍalla ʿanhum mā kānū yaftarūna

English Do they await except its result? The Day its result comes, those who had ignored it before will say, "The messengers of our Lord had come with the truth, so are there [now] any intercessors to intercede for us or could we be sent back to do other than what we used to do?" They will have lost themselves, and lost from them is what they used to invent.

  1. هَلْhalDo
  2. يَنظُرُونَyanẓurūnathey wait
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept
  4. تَأْوِيلَهُۥ ۚtawīlahu(for) its fulfillment
  5. يَوْمَyawma(The) Day
  6. يَأْتِىyatī(will) come
  7. تَأْوِيلُهُۥtawīluhuits fulfillment
  8. يَقُولُyaqūluwill say
  9. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  10. نَسُوهُnasūhuhad forgotten it
  11. مِنminfrom
  12. قَبْلُqablubefore
  13. قَدْqadVerily
  14. جَآءَتْjāathad come
  15. رُسُلُrusulu(the) Messengers
  16. رَبِّنَاrabbinā(of) our Lord
  17. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiwith the truth
  18. فَهَلfahalso are (there)
  19. لَّنَاlanāfor us
  20. مِنminany
  21. شُفَعَآءَshufaʿāaintercessors
  22. فَيَشْفَعُوا۟fayashfaʿūso (that) they intercede
  23. لَنَآlanāfor us
  24. أَوْawor
  25. نُرَدُّnuradduwe are sent back
  26. فَنَعْمَلَfanaʿmalaso (that) we do (deeds)
  27. غَيْرَghayraother than
  28. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthat which
  29. كُنَّاkunnāwe used to
  30. نَعْمَلُ ۚnaʿmaludo
  31. قَدْqadVerily
  32. خَسِرُوٓا۟khasirūthey lost
  33. أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumthemselves
  34. وَضَلَّwaḍallaand strayed
  35. عَنْهُمʿanhumfrom them
  36. مَّاmāwhat
  37. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  38. يَفْتَرُونَyaftarūnainvent

Verse 54

إِنَّ رَبَّكُمُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ فِى سِتَّةِ أَيَّامٍ ثُمَّ ٱسْتَوَىٰ عَلَى ٱلْعَرْشِ يُغْشِى ٱلَّيْلَ ٱلنَّهَارَ يَطْلُبُهُۥ حَثِيثًا وَٱلشَّمْسَ وَٱلْقَمَرَ وَٱلنُّجُومَ مُسَخَّرَٰتٍۭ بِأَمْرِهِۦٓ ۗ أَلَا لَهُ ٱلْخَلْقُ وَٱلْأَمْرُ ۗ تَبَارَكَ ٱللَّهُ رَبُّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration inna rabbakumu l-lahu alladhī khalaqa l-samāwāti wal-arḍa fī sittati ayyāmin thumma is'tawā ʿalā l-ʿarshi yugh'shī al-layla l-nahāra yaṭlubuhu ḥathīthan wal-shamsa wal-qamara wal-nujūma musakharātin bi-amrihi alā lahu l-khalqu wal-amru tabāraka l-lahu rabbu l-ʿālamīna

English Indeed, your Lord is Allāh, who created the heavens and earth in six days and then established Himself above the Throne. He covers the night with the day, [another night] chasing it rapidly; and [He created] the sun, the moon, and the stars, subjected by His command. Unquestionably, His is the creation and the command; blessed is Allāh, Lord of the worlds.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. رَبَّكُمُrabbakumuyour Lord
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
  4. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  5. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  6. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  7. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  8. فِىfīin
  9. سِتَّةِsittatisix
  10. أَيَّامٍۢayyāminepochs
  11. ثُمَّthummathen
  12. ٱسْتَوَىٰis'tawāHe ascended
  13. عَلَىʿalāon
  14. ٱلْعَرْشِl-ʿarshithe Throne
  15. يُغْشِىyugh'shīHe covers
  16. ٱلَّيْلَal-laylathe night
  17. ٱلنَّهَارَl-nahāra(with) the day
  18. يَطْلُبُهُۥyaṭlubuhuseeking it
  19. حَثِيثًۭاḥathīthanrapidly
  20. وَٱلشَّمْسَwal-shamsaand the sun
  21. وَٱلْقَمَرَwal-qamaraand the moon
  22. وَٱلنُّجُومَwal-nujūmaand the stars
  23. مُسَخَّرَٰتٍۭmusakharātinsubjected
  24. بِأَمْرِهِۦٓ ۗbi-amrihiby His command
  25. أَلَاalāUnquestionably
  26. لَهُlahufor Him
  27. ٱلْخَلْقُl-khalqu(is) the creation
  28. وَٱلْأَمْرُ ۗwal-amruand the command
  29. تَبَارَكَtabārakablessed
  30. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
  31. رَبُّrabbuLord
  32. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 55

ٱدْعُوا۟ رَبَّكُمْ تَضَرُّعًا وَخُفْيَةً ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُعْتَدِينَ

Transliteration id'ʿū rabbakum taḍarruʿan wakhuf'yatan innahu lā yuḥibbu l-muʿ'tadīna

English Call upon your Lord in humility and privately; indeed, He does not like transgressors.

  1. ٱدْعُوا۟id'ʿūCall upon
  2. رَبَّكُمْrabbakumyour Lord
  3. تَضَرُّعًۭاtaḍarruʿanhumbly
  4. وَخُفْيَةً ۚwakhuf'yatanand privately
  5. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  6. لَاlā(does) not
  7. يُحِبُّyuḥibbulove
  8. ٱلْمُعْتَدِينَl-muʿ'tadīnathe transgressors

Verse 56

وَلَا تُفْسِدُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ بَعْدَ إِصْلَـٰحِهَا وَٱدْعُوهُ خَوْفًا وَطَمَعًا ۚ إِنَّ رَحْمَتَ ٱللَّهِ قَرِيبٌ مِّنَ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Transliteration walā tuf'sidū fī l-arḍi baʿda iṣ'lāḥihā wa-id'ʿūhu khawfan waṭamaʿan inna raḥmata l-lahi qarībun mina l-muḥ'sinīna

English And cause not corruption upon the earth after its reformation. And invoke Him in fear and aspiration. Indeed, the mercy of Allāh is near to the doers of good.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تُفْسِدُوا۟tuf'sidūcause corruption
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  5. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  6. إِصْلَـٰحِهَاiṣ'lāḥihāits reformation
  7. وَٱدْعُوهُwa-id'ʿūhuAnd call Him
  8. خَوْفًۭاkhawfan(in) fear
  9. وَطَمَعًا ۚwaṭamaʿanand hope
  10. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  11. رَحْمَتَraḥmata(the) Mercy
  12. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  13. قَرِيبٌۭqarībun(is) near
  14. مِّنَminafor
  15. ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīnathe good-doers

Verse 57

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى يُرْسِلُ ٱلرِّيَـٰحَ بُشْرًۢا بَيْنَ يَدَىْ رَحْمَتِهِۦ ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَآ أَقَلَّتْ سَحَابًا ثِقَالًا سُقْنَـٰهُ لِبَلَدٍ مَّيِّتٍ فَأَنزَلْنَا بِهِ ٱلْمَآءَ فَأَخْرَجْنَا بِهِۦ مِن كُلِّ ٱلثَّمَرَٰتِ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ نُخْرِجُ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَذَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī yur'silu l-riyāḥa bush'ran bayna yaday raḥmatihi ḥattā idhā aqallat saḥāban thiqālan suq'nāhu libaladin mayyitin fa-anzalnā bihi l-māa fa-akhrajnā bihi min kulli l-thamarāti kadhālika nukh'riju l-mawtā laʿallakum tadhakkarūna

English And it is He who sends the winds as good tidings before His mercy [i.e., rainfall] until, when they have carried heavy rainclouds, We drive them to a dead land and We send down rain therein and bring forth thereby [some] of all the fruits. Thus will We bring forth the dead; perhaps you may be reminded.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. يُرْسِلُyur'silusends
  4. ٱلرِّيَـٰحَl-riyāḥathe winds
  5. بُشْرًۢاbush'ran(as) glad tidings
  6. بَيْنَbaynafrom
  7. يَدَىْyadaybefore
  8. رَحْمَتِهِۦ ۖraḥmatihiHis Mercy
  9. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  10. إِذَآidhāwhen
  11. أَقَلَّتْaqallatthey have carried
  12. سَحَابًۭاsaḥābanclouds
  13. ثِقَالًۭاthiqālanheavy
  14. سُقْنَـٰهُsuq'nāhuWe drive them
  15. لِبَلَدٍۢlibaladinto a land
  16. مَّيِّتٍۢmayyitindead
  17. فَأَنزَلْنَاfa-anzalnāthen We send down
  18. بِهِbihifrom it
  19. ٱلْمَآءَl-māathe water
  20. فَأَخْرَجْنَاfa-akhrajnāthen We bring forth
  21. بِهِۦbihifrom it
  22. مِنmin(of)
  23. كُلِّkulliall (kinds)
  24. ٱلثَّمَرَٰتِ ۚl-thamarāti(of) fruits
  25. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  26. نُخْرِجُnukh'rijuWe will bring forth
  27. ٱلْمَوْتَىٰl-mawtāthe dead
  28. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  29. تَذَكَّرُونَtadhakkarūnatake heed

Verse 58

وَٱلْبَلَدُ ٱلطَّيِّبُ يَخْرُجُ نَبَاتُهُۥ بِإِذْنِ رَبِّهِۦ ۖ وَٱلَّذِى خَبُثَ لَا يَخْرُجُ إِلَّا نَكِدًا ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ نُصَرِّفُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يَشْكُرُونَ

Transliteration wal-baladu l-ṭayibu yakhruju nabātuhu bi-idh'ni rabbihi wa-alladhī khabutha lā yakhruju illā nakidan kadhālika nuṣarrifu l-āyāti liqawmin yashkurūna

English And the good land - its vegetation emerges by permission of its Lord; but that which is bad - nothing emerges except sparsely, with difficulty. Thus do We diversify the signs for a people who are grateful.

  1. وَٱلْبَلَدُwal-baladuAnd the land
  2. ٱلطَّيِّبُl-ṭayibu[the] pure
  3. يَخْرُجُyakhrujucomes forth
  4. نَبَاتُهُۥnabātuhuits vegetation
  5. بِإِذْنِbi-idh'niby (the) permission
  6. رَبِّهِۦ ۖrabbihi(of) its Lord
  7. وَٱلَّذِىwa-alladhībut which
  8. خَبُثَkhabuthais bad
  9. لَاlā(does) not
  10. يَخْرُجُyakhrujucome forth
  11. إِلَّاillāexcept
  12. نَكِدًۭا ۚnakidan(with) difficulty
  13. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  14. نُصَرِّفُnuṣarrifuWe explain
  15. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Signs
  16. لِقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  17. يَشْكُرُونَyashkurūnawho are grateful

Verse 59

لَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَا نُوحًا إِلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ فَقَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَـٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥٓ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ عَلَيْكُمْ عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍ

Transliteration laqad arsalnā nūḥan ilā qawmihi faqāla yāqawmi uʿ'budū l-laha mā lakum min ilāhin ghayruhu innī akhāfu ʿalaykum ʿadhāba yawmin ʿaẓīmin

English We had certainly sent Noah to his people, and he said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. Indeed, I fear for you the punishment of a tremendous Day."

  1. لَقَدْlaqadCertainly
  2. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
  3. نُوحًاnūḥanNuh
  4. إِلَىٰilāto
  5. قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
  6. فَقَالَfaqālaand he said
  7. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  8. ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūWorship
  9. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  10. مَاmānot
  11. لَكُمlakumfor you
  12. مِّنْminany
  13. إِلَـٰهٍilāhingod
  14. غَيْرُهُۥٓghayruhuother than Him
  15. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  16. أَخَافُakhāfu[I] fear
  17. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumfor you
  18. عَذَابَʿadhābapunishment
  19. يَوْمٍyawmin(of the) Day
  20. عَظِيمٍۢʿaẓīminGreat

Verse 60

قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ مِن قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِنَّا لَنَرَىٰكَ فِى ضَلَـٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration qāla l-mala-u min qawmihi innā lanarāka fī ḍalālin mubīnin

English Said the eminent among his people, "Indeed, we see you in clear error."

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
  3. مِنminof
  4. قَوْمِهِۦٓqawmihihis people
  5. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  6. لَنَرَىٰكَlanarākasurely see you
  7. فِىfīin
  8. ضَلَـٰلٍۢḍalālinerror
  9. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninclear

Verse 61

قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ لَيْسَ بِى ضَلَـٰلَةٌ وَلَـٰكِنِّى رَسُولٌ مِّن رَّبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration qāla yāqawmi laysa bī ḍalālatun walākinnī rasūlun min rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English [Noah] said, "O my people, there is not error in me, but I am a messenger from the Lord of the worlds.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  3. لَيْسَlaysaThere is not
  4. بِىbīin me
  5. ضَلَـٰلَةٌۭḍalālatunerror
  6. وَلَـٰكِنِّىwalākinnībut I am
  7. رَسُولٌۭrasūluna Messenger
  8. مِّنminfrom
  9. رَّبِّrabbi(the) Lord
  10. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 62

أُبَلِّغُكُمْ رِسَـٰلَـٰتِ رَبِّى وَأَنصَحُ لَكُمْ وَأَعْلَمُ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration uballighukum risālāti rabbī wa-anṣaḥu lakum wa-aʿlamu mina l-lahi mā lā taʿlamūna

English I convey to you the messages of my Lord and advise you; and I know from Allāh what you do not know.

  1. أُبَلِّغُكُمْuballighukumI convey to you
  2. رِسَـٰلَـٰتِrisālātithe Messages
  3. رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
  4. وَأَنصَحُwa-anṣaḥuand [I] advise
  5. لَكُمْlakum[to] you
  6. وَأَعْلَمُwa-aʿlamuand I know
  7. مِنَminafrom
  8. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  9. مَاmāwhat
  10. لَاlānot
  11. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou know

Verse 63

أَوَعَجِبْتُمْ أَن جَآءَكُمْ ذِكْرٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ عَلَىٰ رَجُلٍ مِّنكُمْ لِيُنذِرَكُمْ وَلِتَتَّقُوا۟ وَلَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ

Transliteration awaʿajib'tum an jāakum dhik'run min rabbikum ʿalā rajulin minkum liyundhirakum walitattaqū walaʿallakum tur'ḥamūna

English Then do you wonder that there has come to you a reminder from your Lord through a man from among you, that he may warn you and that you may fear Allāh so you might receive mercy?"

  1. أَوَعَجِبْتُمْawaʿajib'tumDo you wonder
  2. أَنanthat
  3. جَآءَكُمْjāakumhas come to you
  4. ذِكْرٌۭdhik'runa reminder
  5. مِّنminfrom
  6. رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
  7. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  8. رَجُلٍۢrajulina man
  9. مِّنكُمْminkumamong you
  10. لِيُنذِرَكُمْliyundhirakumthat he may warn you
  11. وَلِتَتَّقُوا۟walitattaqūand that you may fear
  12. وَلَعَلَّكُمْwalaʿallakumand so that you may
  13. تُرْحَمُونَtur'ḥamūnareceive mercy

Verse 64

فَكَذَّبُوهُ فَأَنجَيْنَـٰهُ وَٱلَّذِينَ مَعَهُۥ فِى ٱلْفُلْكِ وَأَغْرَقْنَا ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآ ۚ إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ قَوْمًا عَمِينَ

Transliteration fakadhabūhu fa-anjaynāhu wa-alladhīna maʿahu fī l-ful'ki wa-aghraqnā alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā innahum kānū qawman ʿamīna

English But they denied him, so We saved him and those who were with him in the ship. And We drowned those who denied Our signs. Indeed, they were a blind people.

  1. فَكَذَّبُوهُfakadhabūhuBut they denied him
  2. فَأَنجَيْنَـٰهُfa-anjaynāhuso We saved him
  3. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaand those who
  4. مَعَهُۥmaʿahu(were) with him
  5. فِىfīin
  6. ٱلْفُلْكِl-ful'kithe ship
  7. وَأَغْرَقْنَاwa-aghraqnāAnd We drowned
  8. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  9. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  10. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآ ۚbiāyātināOur Verses
  11. إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, they
  12. كَانُوا۟kānūwere
  13. قَوْمًاqawmana people
  14. عَمِينَʿamīnablind

Verse 65

۞ وَإِلَىٰ عَادٍ أَخَاهُمْ هُودًا ۗ قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَـٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥٓ ۚ أَفَلَا تَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration wa-ilā ʿādin akhāhum hūdan qāla yāqawmi uʿ'budū l-laha mā lakum min ilāhin ghayruhu afalā tattaqūna

English And to the ʿAad [We sent] their brother Hūd. He said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. Then will you not fear Him?"

  1. ۞ وَإِلَىٰwa-ilāAnd to
  2. عَادٍʿādinAad
  3. أَخَاهُمْakhāhum(We sent) their brother
  4. هُودًۭا ۗhūdanHud
  5. قَالَqālaHe said
  6. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  7. ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūWorship
  8. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  9. مَاmānot
  10. لَكُمlakumfor you
  11. مِّنْminany
  12. إِلَـٰهٍilāhingod
  13. غَيْرُهُۥٓ ۚghayruhuother than Him
  14. أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
  15. تَتَّقُونَtattaqūnayou fear (Allah)

Verse 66

قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِنَّا لَنَرَىٰكَ فِى سَفَاهَةٍ وَإِنَّا لَنَظُنُّكَ مِنَ ٱلْكَـٰذِبِينَ

Transliteration qāla l-mala-u alladhīna kafarū min qawmihi innā lanarāka fī safāhatin wa-innā lanaẓunnuka mina l-kādhibīna

English Said the eminent ones who disbelieved among his people, "Indeed, we see you in foolishness, and indeed, we think you are of the liars."

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
  4. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  5. مِنminfrom
  6. قَوْمِهِۦٓqawmihihis people
  7. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  8. لَنَرَىٰكَlanarākasurely, see you
  9. فِىfīin
  10. سَفَاهَةٍۢsafāhatinfoolishness
  11. وَإِنَّاwa-innāand indeed, we
  12. لَنَظُنُّكَlanaẓunnuka[we] think you
  13. مِنَmina(are) of
  14. ٱلْكَـٰذِبِينَl-kādhibīnathe liars

Verse 67

قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ لَيْسَ بِى سَفَاهَةٌ وَلَـٰكِنِّى رَسُولٌ مِّن رَّبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration qāla yāqawmi laysa bī safāhatun walākinnī rasūlun min rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English [Hūd] said, "O my people, there is not foolishness in me, but I am a messenger from the Lord of the worlds.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  3. لَيْسَlaysaThere is not
  4. بِىbīin me
  5. سَفَاهَةٌۭsafāhatunfoolishness
  6. وَلَـٰكِنِّىwalākinnībut I am
  7. رَسُولٌۭrasūluna Messenger
  8. مِّنminfrom
  9. رَّبِّrabbi(the) Lord
  10. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 68

أُبَلِّغُكُمْ رِسَـٰلَـٰتِ رَبِّى وَأَنَا۠ لَكُمْ نَاصِحٌ أَمِينٌ

Transliteration uballighukum risālāti rabbī wa-anā lakum nāṣiḥun amīnun

English I convey to you the messages of my Lord, and I am to you a trustworthy adviser.

  1. أُبَلِّغُكُمْuballighukumI convey to you
  2. رِسَـٰلَـٰتِrisālātiMessages
  3. رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
  4. وَأَنَا۠wa-anāand I am
  5. لَكُمْlakumto you
  6. نَاصِحٌnāṣiḥunan adviser
  7. أَمِينٌamīnuntrustworthy

Verse 69

أَوَعَجِبْتُمْ أَن جَآءَكُمْ ذِكْرٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ عَلَىٰ رَجُلٍ مِّنكُمْ لِيُنذِرَكُمْ ۚ وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ إِذْ جَعَلَكُمْ خُلَفَآءَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ قَوْمِ نُوحٍ وَزَادَكُمْ فِى ٱلْخَلْقِ بَصْۜطَةً ۖ فَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ ءَالَآءَ ٱللَّهِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ

Transliteration awaʿajib'tum an jāakum dhik'run min rabbikum ʿalā rajulin minkum liyundhirakum wa-udh'kurū idh jaʿalakum khulafāa min baʿdi qawmi nūḥin wazādakum fī l-khalqi baṣ'ṭatan fa-udh'kurū ālāa l-lahi laʿallakum tuf'liḥūna

English Then do you wonder that there has come to you a reminder from your Lord through a man from among you, that he may warn you? And remember when He made you successors after the people of Noah and increased you in stature extensively. So remember the favors of Allāh that you might succeed."

  1. أَوَعَجِبْتُمْawaʿajib'tumDo you wonder
  2. أَنanthat
  3. جَآءَكُمْjāakumhas come to you
  4. ذِكْرٌۭdhik'runa reminder
  5. مِّنminfrom
  6. رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
  7. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  8. رَجُلٍۢrajulina man
  9. مِّنكُمْminkumamong you
  10. لِيُنذِرَكُمْ ۚliyundhirakumthat he may warn you
  11. وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟wa-udh'kurūAnd remember
  12. إِذْidhwhen
  13. جَعَلَكُمْjaʿalakumHe made you
  14. خُلَفَآءَkhulafāasuccessors
  15. مِنۢminfrom
  16. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  17. قَوْمِqawmi(the) people
  18. نُوحٍۢnūḥin(of) Nuh
  19. وَزَادَكُمْwazādakumand increased you
  20. فِىfīin
  21. ٱلْخَلْقِl-khalqithe stature
  22. بَصْۜطَةًۭ ۖbaṣ'ṭatanextensively
  23. فَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟fa-udh'kurūSo remember
  24. ءَالَآءَālāa(the) Bounties
  25. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  26. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  27. تُفْلِحُونَtuf'liḥūnasucceed

Verse 70

قَالُوٓا۟ أَجِئْتَنَا لِنَعْبُدَ ٱللَّهَ وَحْدَهُۥ وَنَذَرَ مَا كَانَ يَعْبُدُ ءَابَآؤُنَا ۖ فَأْتِنَا بِمَا تَعِدُنَآ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration qālū aji'tanā linaʿbuda l-laha waḥdahu wanadhara mā kāna yaʿbudu ābāunā fatinā bimā taʿidunā in kunta mina l-ṣādiqīna

English They said, "Have you come to us that we should worship Allāh alone and leave what our fathers have worshipped? Then bring us what you promise us, if you should be of the truthful."

  1. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  2. أَجِئْتَنَاaji'tanāHave you come to us
  3. لِنَعْبُدَlinaʿbudathat we (should) worship
  4. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  5. وَحْدَهُۥwaḥdahuAlone
  6. وَنَذَرَwanadharaand we forsake
  7. مَاmāwhat
  8. كَانَkānaused to
  9. يَعْبُدُyaʿbuduworship
  10. ءَابَآؤُنَا ۖābāunāour forefathers
  11. فَأْتِنَاfatināThen bring us
  12. بِمَاbimāof what
  13. تَعِدُنَآtaʿidunāyou promise us
  14. إِنinif
  15. كُنتَkuntayou are
  16. مِنَminaof
  17. ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَl-ṣādiqīnathe truthful

Verse 71

قَالَ قَدْ وَقَعَ عَلَيْكُم مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ رِجْسٌ وَغَضَبٌ ۖ أَتُجَـٰدِلُونَنِى فِىٓ أَسْمَآءٍ سَمَّيْتُمُوهَآ أَنتُمْ وَءَابَآؤُكُم مَّا نَزَّلَ ٱللَّهُ بِهَا مِن سُلْطَـٰنٍ ۚ فَٱنتَظِرُوٓا۟ إِنِّى مَعَكُم مِّنَ ٱلْمُنتَظِرِينَ

Transliteration qāla qad waqaʿa ʿalaykum min rabbikum rij'sun waghaḍabun atujādilūnanī fī asmāin sammaytumūhā antum waābāukum mā nazzala l-lahu bihā min sul'ṭānin fa-intaẓirū innī maʿakum mina l-muntaẓirīna

English [Hūd] said, "Already have defilement and anger fallen upon you from your Lord. Do you dispute with me concerning [mere] names you have named them, you and your fathers, for which Allāh has not sent down any authority? Then wait; indeed, I am with you among those who wait."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. قَدْqadVerily
  3. وَقَعَwaqaʿahas fallen
  4. عَلَيْكُمʿalaykumupon you
  5. مِّنminfrom
  6. رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
  7. رِجْسٌۭrij'sunpunishment
  8. وَغَضَبٌ ۖwaghaḍabunand anger
  9. أَتُجَـٰدِلُونَنِىatujādilūnanīDo you dispute with me
  10. فِىٓfīconcerning
  11. أَسْمَآءٍۢasmāinnames
  12. سَمَّيْتُمُوهَآsammaytumūhāyou have named them
  13. أَنتُمْantumyou
  14. وَءَابَآؤُكُمwaābāukumand your forefathers
  15. مَّاmāNot
  16. نَزَّلَnazzala(has been) sent down
  17. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  18. بِهَاbihāfor it
  19. مِنminany
  20. سُلْطَـٰنٍۢ ۚsul'ṭāninauthority
  21. فَٱنتَظِرُوٓا۟fa-intaẓirūThen wait
  22. إِنِّىinnīindeed, I am
  23. مَعَكُمmaʿakumwith you
  24. مِّنَminaof
  25. ٱلْمُنتَظِرِينَl-muntaẓirīnathe ones who wait

Verse 72

فَأَنجَيْنَـٰهُ وَٱلَّذِينَ مَعَهُۥ بِرَحْمَةٍ مِّنَّا وَقَطَعْنَا دَابِرَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا ۖ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ مُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration fa-anjaynāhu wa-alladhīna maʿahu biraḥmatin minnā waqaṭaʿnā dābira alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā wamā kānū mu'minīna

English So We saved him and those with him by mercy from Us. And We eliminated those who denied Our signs, and they were not [at all] believers.

  1. فَأَنجَيْنَـٰهُfa-anjaynāhuSo We saved him
  2. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaand those
  3. مَعَهُۥmaʿahuwith him
  4. بِرَحْمَةٍۢbiraḥmatinby Mercy
  5. مِّنَّاminnāfrom Us
  6. وَقَطَعْنَاwaqaṭaʿnāAnd We cut off
  7. دَابِرَdābirathe roots
  8. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
  9. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  10. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا ۖbiāyātināOur Signs
  11. وَمَاwamāand not
  12. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  13. مُؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers

Verse 73

وَإِلَىٰ ثَمُودَ أَخَاهُمْ صَـٰلِحًا ۗ قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَـٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥ ۖ قَدْ جَآءَتْكُم بَيِّنَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ ۖ هَـٰذِهِۦ نَاقَةُ ٱللَّهِ لَكُمْ ءَايَةً ۖ فَذَرُوهَا تَأْكُلْ فِىٓ أَرْضِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَلَا تَمَسُّوهَا بِسُوٓءٍ فَيَأْخُذَكُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

Transliteration wa-ilā thamūda akhāhum ṣāliḥan qāla yāqawmi uʿ'budū l-laha mā lakum min ilāhin ghayruhu qad jāatkum bayyinatun min rabbikum hādhihi nāqatu l-lahi lakum āyatan fadharūhā takul fī arḍi l-lahi walā tamassūhā bisūin fayakhudhakum ʿadhābun alīmun

English And to the Thamūd [We sent] their brother Ṣāliḥ. He said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. There has come to you clear evidence from your Lord. This is the she-camel of Allāh [sent] to you as a sign. So leave her to eat within Allāh's land and do not touch her with harm, lest there seize you a painful punishment.

  1. وَإِلَىٰwa-ilāAnd to
  2. ثَمُودَthamūdaThamud
  3. أَخَاهُمْakhāhum(We sent) their brother
  4. صَـٰلِحًۭا ۗṣāliḥanSalih
  5. قَالَqālaHe said
  6. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  7. ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūWorship
  8. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  9. مَاmānot
  10. لَكُمlakumfor you
  11. مِّنْminany
  12. إِلَـٰهٍilāhingod
  13. غَيْرُهُۥ ۖghayruhuother than Him
  14. قَدْqadVerily
  15. جَآءَتْكُمjāatkumhas come to you
  16. بَيِّنَةٌۭbayyinatuna clear proof
  17. مِّنminfrom
  18. رَّبِّكُمْ ۖrabbikumyour Lord
  19. هَـٰذِهِۦhādhihiThis
  20. نَاقَةُnāqatu(is) a she-camel
  21. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  22. لَكُمْlakum(it is) for you
  23. ءَايَةًۭ ۖāyatana Sign
  24. فَذَرُوهَاfadharūhāSo you leave her
  25. تَأْكُلْtakul(to) eat
  26. فِىٓfīon
  27. أَرْضِarḍi(the) earth
  28. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahi(of) Allah
  29. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  30. تَمَسُّوهَاtamassūhātouch her
  31. بِسُوٓءٍۢbisūinwith harm
  32. فَيَأْخُذَكُمْfayakhudhakumlest seizes you
  33. عَذَابٌʿadhābuna punishment
  34. أَلِيمٌۭalīmunpainful

Verse 74

وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ إِذْ جَعَلَكُمْ خُلَفَآءَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ عَادٍ وَبَوَّأَكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ تَتَّخِذُونَ مِن سُهُولِهَا قُصُورًا وَتَنْحِتُونَ ٱلْجِبَالَ بُيُوتًا ۖ فَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ ءَالَآءَ ٱللَّهِ وَلَا تَعْثَوْا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُفْسِدِينَ

Transliteration wa-udh'kurū idh jaʿalakum khulafāa min baʿdi ʿādin wabawwa-akum fī l-arḍi tattakhidhūna min suhūlihā quṣūran watanḥitūna l-jibāla buyūtan fa-udh'kurū ālāa l-lahi walā taʿthaw fī l-arḍi muf'sidīna

English And remember when He made you successors after the ʿAad and settled you in the land, [and] you take for yourselves palaces from its plains and carve from the mountains, homes. Then remember the favors of Allāh and do not commit abuse on the earth, spreading corruption."

  1. وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟wa-udh'kurūAnd remember
  2. إِذْidhwhen
  3. جَعَلَكُمْjaʿalakumHe made you
  4. خُلَفَآءَkhulafāasuccessors
  5. مِنۢminfrom
  6. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  7. عَادٍۢʿādinAad
  8. وَبَوَّأَكُمْwabawwa-akumand settled you
  9. فِىfīin
  10. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  11. تَتَّخِذُونَtattakhidhūnaYou take
  12. مِنminfrom
  13. سُهُولِهَاsuhūlihāits plains
  14. قُصُورًۭاquṣūranpalaces
  15. وَتَنْحِتُونَwatanḥitūnaand you carve out
  16. ٱلْجِبَالَl-jibālathe mountains
  17. بُيُوتًۭا ۖbuyūtan(as) homes
  18. فَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟fa-udh'kurūSo remember
  19. ءَالَآءَālāa(the) Bounties
  20. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  21. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  22. تَعْثَوْا۟taʿthawact wickedly
  23. فِىfīin
  24. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍi(the) earth
  25. مُفْسِدِينَmuf'sidīnaspreading corruption

Verse 75

قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦ لِلَّذِينَ ٱسْتُضْعِفُوا۟ لِمَنْ ءَامَنَ مِنْهُمْ أَتَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّ صَـٰلِحًا مُّرْسَلٌ مِّن رَّبِّهِۦ ۚ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا بِمَآ أُرْسِلَ بِهِۦ مُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration qāla l-mala-u alladhīna is'takbarū min qawmihi lilladhīna us'tuḍ'ʿifū liman āmana min'hum ataʿlamūna anna ṣāliḥan mur'salun min rabbihi qālū innā bimā ur'sila bihi mu'minūna

English Said the eminent ones who were arrogant among his people to those who were oppressed - to those who believed among them, "Do you [actually] know that Ṣāliḥ is sent from his Lord?" They said, "Indeed we, in that with which he was sent, are believers."

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna those
  4. ٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟is'takbarū(who) were arrogant
  5. مِنminamong
  6. قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
  7. لِلَّذِينَlilladhīnato those who
  8. ٱسْتُضْعِفُوا۟us'tuḍ'ʿifūwere oppressed
  9. لِمَنْliman[to] those who
  10. ءَامَنَāmanabelieved
  11. مِنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  12. أَتَعْلَمُونَataʿlamūnaDo you know
  13. أَنَّannathat
  14. صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥanSalih
  15. مُّرْسَلٌۭmur'salun(is the) one sent
  16. مِّنminfrom
  17. رَّبِّهِۦ ۚrabbihihis Lord
  18. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  19. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  20. بِمَآbimāin what
  21. أُرْسِلَur'silahe has been sent
  22. بِهِۦbihiwith [it]
  23. مُؤْمِنُونَmu'minūna(are) believers

Verse 76

قَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَكْبَرُوٓا۟ إِنَّا بِٱلَّذِىٓ ءَامَنتُم بِهِۦ كَـٰفِرُونَ

Transliteration qāla alladhīna is'takbarū innā bi-alladhī āmantum bihi kāfirūna

English Said those who were arrogant, "Indeed we, in that which you have believed, are disbelievers."

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ٱسْتَكْبَرُوٓا۟is'takbarūwere arrogant
  4. إِنَّاinnāIndeed we
  5. بِٱلَّذِىٓbi-alladhīin that which
  6. ءَامَنتُمāmantumyou believe
  7. بِهِۦbihiin it
  8. كَـٰفِرُونَkāfirūna(are) disbelievers

Verse 77

فَعَقَرُوا۟ ٱلنَّاقَةَ وَعَتَوْا۟ عَنْ أَمْرِ رَبِّهِمْ وَقَالُوا۟ يَـٰصَـٰلِحُ ٱئْتِنَا بِمَا تَعِدُنَآ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration faʿaqarū l-nāqata waʿataw ʿan amri rabbihim waqālū yāṣāliḥu i'tinā bimā taʿidunā in kunta mina l-mur'salīna

English So they hamstrung the she-camel and were insolent toward the command of their Lord and said, "O Ṣāliḥ, bring us what you promise us, if you should be of the messengers."

  1. فَعَقَرُوا۟faʿaqarūThen they hamstrung
  2. ٱلنَّاقَةَl-nāqatathe she-camel
  3. وَعَتَوْا۟waʿatawand (were) insolent
  4. عَنْʿantowards
  5. أَمْرِamri(the) command
  6. رَبِّهِمْrabbihim(of) their Lord
  7. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūand they said
  8. يَـٰصَـٰلِحُyāṣāliḥuO Salih
  9. ٱئْتِنَاi'tināBring us
  10. بِمَاbimāwhat
  11. تَعِدُنَآtaʿidunāyou promise us
  12. إِنinif
  13. كُنتَkuntayou are
  14. مِنَminaof
  15. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers

Verse 78

فَأَخَذَتْهُمُ ٱلرَّجْفَةُ فَأَصْبَحُوا۟ فِى دَارِهِمْ جَـٰثِمِينَ

Transliteration fa-akhadhathumu l-rajfatu fa-aṣbaḥū fī dārihim jāthimīna

English So the earthquake seized them, and they became within their home [corpses] fallen prone.

  1. فَأَخَذَتْهُمُfa-akhadhathumuSo seized them
  2. ٱلرَّجْفَةُl-rajfatuthe earthquake
  3. فَأَصْبَحُوا۟fa-aṣbaḥūthen they became
  4. فِىfīin
  5. دَارِهِمْdārihimtheir homes
  6. جَـٰثِمِينَjāthimīnafallen prone

Verse 79

فَتَوَلَّىٰ عَنْهُمْ وَقَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ لَقَدْ أَبْلَغْتُكُمْ رِسَالَةَ رَبِّى وَنَصَحْتُ لَكُمْ وَلَـٰكِن لَّا تُحِبُّونَ ٱلنَّـٰصِحِينَ

Transliteration fatawallā ʿanhum waqāla yāqawmi laqad ablaghtukum risālata rabbī wanaṣaḥtu lakum walākin lā tuḥibbūna l-nāṣiḥīna

English And he [i.e., Ṣāliḥ] turned away from them and said, "O my people, I had certainly conveyed to you the message of my Lord and advised you, but you do not like advisors."

  1. فَتَوَلَّىٰfatawallāSo he turned away
  2. عَنْهُمْʿanhumfrom them
  3. وَقَالَwaqālaand he said
  4. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  5. لَقَدْlaqadVerily
  6. أَبْلَغْتُكُمْablaghtukumI have conveyed to you
  7. رِسَالَةَrisālata(the) Message
  8. رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
  9. وَنَصَحْتُwanaṣaḥtuand [I] advised
  10. لَكُمْlakum[to] you
  11. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinbut
  12. لَّاlānot
  13. تُحِبُّونَtuḥibbūnayou like
  14. ٱلنَّـٰصِحِينَl-nāṣiḥīnathe advisers

Verse 80

وَلُوطًا إِذْ قَالَ لِقَوْمِهِۦٓ أَتَأْتُونَ ٱلْفَـٰحِشَةَ مَا سَبَقَكُم بِهَا مِنْ أَحَدٍ مِّنَ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration walūṭan idh qāla liqawmihi atatūna l-fāḥishata mā sabaqakum bihā min aḥadin mina l-ʿālamīna

English And [We had sent] Lot when he said to his people, "Do you commit such immorality as no one has preceded you with from among the worlds [i.e., peoples]?

  1. وَلُوطًاwalūṭanAnd Lut
  2. إِذْidhwhen
  3. قَالَqālahe said
  4. لِقَوْمِهِۦٓliqawmihito his people
  5. أَتَأْتُونَatatūnaDo you commit
  6. ٱلْفَـٰحِشَةَl-fāḥishata(such) immorality
  7. مَاmānot
  8. سَبَقَكُمsabaqakumhas preceded you
  9. بِهَاbihātherein
  10. مِنْminany
  11. أَحَدٍۢaḥadinone
  12. مِّنَminaof
  13. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīnathe worlds

Verse 81

إِنَّكُمْ لَتَأْتُونَ ٱلرِّجَالَ شَهْوَةً مِّن دُونِ ٱلنِّسَآءِ ۚ بَلْ أَنتُمْ قَوْمٌ مُّسْرِفُونَ

Transliteration innakum latatūna l-rijāla shahwatan min dūni l-nisāi bal antum qawmun mus'rifūna

English Indeed, you approach men with desire, instead of women. Rather, you are a transgressing people."

  1. إِنَّكُمْinnakumIndeed, you
  2. لَتَأْتُونَlatatūnayou approach
  3. ٱلرِّجَالَl-rijālathe men
  4. شَهْوَةًۭshahwatanlustfully
  5. مِّنminfrom
  6. دُونِdūniinstead of
  7. ٱلنِّسَآءِ ۚl-nisāithe women
  8. بَلْbalNay
  9. أَنتُمْantumyou
  10. قَوْمٌۭqawmun(are) a people
  11. مُّسْرِفُونَmus'rifūna(who) commit excesses

Verse 82

وَمَا كَانَ جَوَابَ قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوٓا۟ أَخْرِجُوهُم مِّن قَرْيَتِكُمْ ۖ إِنَّهُمْ أُنَاسٌ يَتَطَهَّرُونَ

Transliteration wamā kāna jawāba qawmihi illā an qālū akhrijūhum min qaryatikum innahum unāsun yataṭahharūna

English But the answer of his people was only that they said, "Evict them from your city! Indeed, they are men who keep themselves pure."

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. كَانَkānawas
  3. جَوَابَjawāba(the) answer
  4. قَوْمِهِۦٓqawmihi(of) his people
  5. إِلَّآillāexcept
  6. أَنanthat
  7. قَالُوٓا۟qālūthey said
  8. أَخْرِجُوهُمakhrijūhumDrive them out
  9. مِّنminof
  10. قَرْيَتِكُمْ ۖqaryatikumyour town
  11. إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, they
  12. أُنَاسٌۭunāsun(are) people
  13. يَتَطَهَّرُونَyataṭahharūnawho keep themselves pure

Verse 83

فَأَنجَيْنَـٰهُ وَأَهْلَهُۥٓ إِلَّا ٱمْرَأَتَهُۥ كَانَتْ مِنَ ٱلْغَـٰبِرِينَ

Transliteration fa-anjaynāhu wa-ahlahu illā im'ra-atahu kānat mina l-ghābirīna

English So We saved him and his family, except for his wife; she was of those who remained [with the evildoers].

  1. فَأَنجَيْنَـٰهُfa-anjaynāhuSo We saved him
  2. وَأَهْلَهُۥٓwa-ahlahuand his family
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept
  4. ٱمْرَأَتَهُۥim'ra-atahuhis wife
  5. كَانَتْkānatshe was
  6. مِنَminaof
  7. ٱلْغَـٰبِرِينَl-ghābirīnathose who stayed behind

Verse 84

وَأَمْطَرْنَا عَلَيْهِم مَّطَرًا ۖ فَٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَـٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ

Transliteration wa-amṭarnā ʿalayhim maṭaran fa-unẓur kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu l-muj'rimīna

English And We rained upon them a rain [of stones]. Then see how was the end of the criminals.

  1. وَأَمْطَرْنَاwa-amṭarnāAnd We showered
  2. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimupon them
  3. مَّطَرًۭا ۖmaṭarana rain
  4. فَٱنظُرْfa-unẓurSo see
  5. كَيْفَkayfahow
  6. كَانَkānawas
  7. عَـٰقِبَةُʿāqibatu(the) end
  8. ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَl-muj'rimīna(of) the criminals

Verse 85

وَإِلَىٰ مَدْيَنَ أَخَاهُمْ شُعَيْبًا ۗ قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَـٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥ ۖ قَدْ جَآءَتْكُم بَيِّنَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ ۖ فَأَوْفُوا۟ ٱلْكَيْلَ وَٱلْمِيزَانَ وَلَا تَبْخَسُوا۟ ٱلنَّاسَ أَشْيَآءَهُمْ وَلَا تُفْسِدُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ بَعْدَ إِصْلَـٰحِهَا ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ خَيْرٌ لَّكُمْ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration wa-ilā madyana akhāhum shuʿayban qāla yāqawmi uʿ'budū l-laha mā lakum min ilāhin ghayruhu qad jāatkum bayyinatun min rabbikum fa-awfū l-kayla wal-mīzāna walā tabkhasū l-nāsa ashyāahum walā tuf'sidū fī l-arḍi baʿda iṣ'lāḥihā dhālikum khayrun lakum in kuntum mu'minīna

English And to [the people of] Madyan [We sent] their brother Shuʿayb. He said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. There has come to you clear evidence from your Lord. So fulfill the measure and weight and do not deprive people of their due and cause not corruption upon the earth after its reformation. That is better for you, if you should be believers.

  1. وَإِلَىٰwa-ilāAnd to
  2. مَدْيَنَmadyanaMadyan
  3. أَخَاهُمْakhāhumhis brother
  4. شُعَيْبًۭا ۗshuʿaybanShuaib
  5. قَالَqālaHe said
  6. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  7. ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūWorship
  8. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  9. مَاmānot
  10. لَكُمlakumfor you
  11. مِّنْminany
  12. إِلَـٰهٍilāhingod
  13. غَيْرُهُۥ ۖghayruhuother than Him
  14. قَدْqadVerily
  15. جَآءَتْكُمjāatkumhas came to you
  16. بَيِّنَةٌۭbayyinatuna clear proof
  17. مِّنminfrom
  18. رَّبِّكُمْ ۖrabbikumyour Lord
  19. فَأَوْفُوا۟fa-awfūSo give full
  20. ٱلْكَيْلَl-kayla[the] measure
  21. وَٱلْمِيزَانَwal-mīzānaand the weight
  22. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  23. تَبْخَسُوا۟tabkhasūdeprive
  24. ٱلنَّاسَl-nāsa[the] people
  25. أَشْيَآءَهُمْashyāahumin their things
  26. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  27. تُفْسِدُوا۟tuf'sidūcause corruption
  28. فِىfīin
  29. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  30. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  31. إِصْلَـٰحِهَا ۚiṣ'lāḥihāits reformation
  32. ذَٰلِكُمْdhālikumThat
  33. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) better
  34. لَّكُمْlakumfor you
  35. إِنinif
  36. كُنتُمkuntumyou are
  37. مُّؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers

Verse 86

وَلَا تَقْعُدُوا۟ بِكُلِّ صِرَٰطٍ تُوعِدُونَ وَتَصُدُّونَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ مَنْ ءَامَنَ بِهِۦ وَتَبْغُونَهَا عِوَجًا ۚ وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ إِذْ كُنتُمْ قَلِيلًا فَكَثَّرَكُمْ ۖ وَٱنظُرُوا۟ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَـٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ

Transliteration walā taqʿudū bikulli ṣirāṭin tūʿidūna wataṣuddūna ʿan sabīli l-lahi man āmana bihi watabghūnahā ʿiwajan wa-udh'kurū idh kuntum qalīlan fakatharakum wa-unẓurū kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu l-muf'sidīna

English And do not sit on every path, threatening and averting from the way of Allāh those who believe in Him, seeking to make it [seem] deviant. And remember when you were few and He increased you. And see how was the end of the corrupters.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَقْعُدُوا۟taqʿudūsit
  3. بِكُلِّbikullion every
  4. صِرَٰطٍۢṣirāṭinpath
  5. تُوعِدُونَtūʿidūnathreatening
  6. وَتَصُدُّونَwataṣuddūnaand hindering
  7. عَنʿanfrom
  8. سَبِيلِsabīli(the) way
  9. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  10. مَنْman(those) who
  11. ءَامَنَāmanabelieve
  12. بِهِۦbihiin Him
  13. وَتَبْغُونَهَاwatabghūnahāand seeking (to make) it
  14. عِوَجًۭا ۚʿiwajancrooked
  15. وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟wa-udh'kurūAnd remember
  16. إِذْidhwhen
  17. كُنتُمْkuntumyou were
  18. قَلِيلًۭاqalīlanfew
  19. فَكَثَّرَكُمْ ۖfakatharakumand He increased you
  20. وَٱنظُرُوا۟wa-unẓurūAnd see
  21. كَيْفَkayfahow
  22. كَانَkānawas
  23. عَـٰقِبَةُʿāqibatu(the) end
  24. ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَl-muf'sidīna(of) the corrupters

Verse 87

وَإِن كَانَ طَآئِفَةٌ مِّنكُمْ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِٱلَّذِىٓ أُرْسِلْتُ بِهِۦ وَطَآئِفَةٌ لَّمْ يُؤْمِنُوا۟ فَٱصْبِرُوا۟ حَتَّىٰ يَحْكُمَ ٱللَّهُ بَيْنَنَا ۚ وَهُوَ خَيْرُ ٱلْحَـٰكِمِينَ

Transliteration wa-in kāna ṭāifatun minkum āmanū bi-alladhī ur'sil'tu bihi waṭāifatun lam yu'minū fa-iṣ'birū ḥattā yaḥkuma l-lahu baynanā wahuwa khayru l-ḥākimīna

English And if there should be a group among you who has believed in that with which I have been sent and a group that has not believed, then be patient until Allāh judges between us. And He is the best of judges."

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  2. كَانَkāna(there) is
  3. طَآئِفَةٌۭṭāifatuna group
  4. مِّنكُمْminkumamong you
  5. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanū(who has) believed
  6. بِٱلَّذِىٓbi-alladhīin that which
  7. أُرْسِلْتُur'sil'tuI have been sent
  8. بِهِۦbihiwith [it]
  9. وَطَآئِفَةٌۭwaṭāifatunand a group
  10. لَّمْlamnot
  11. يُؤْمِنُوا۟yu'minūthey believe
  12. فَٱصْبِرُوا۟fa-iṣ'birūthen be patient
  13. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  14. يَحْكُمَyaḥkumajudges
  15. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  16. بَيْنَنَا ۚbaynanābetween us
  17. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  18. خَيْرُkhayru(is the) Best
  19. ٱلْحَـٰكِمِينَl-ḥākimīna(of) [the] Judges

Verse 88

۞ قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦ لَنُخْرِجَنَّكَ يَـٰشُعَيْبُ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ مَعَكَ مِن قَرْيَتِنَآ أَوْ لَتَعُودُنَّ فِى مِلَّتِنَا ۚ قَالَ أَوَلَوْ كُنَّا كَـٰرِهِينَ

Transliteration qāla l-mala-u alladhīna is'takbarū min qawmihi lanukh'rijannaka yāshuʿaybu wa-alladhīna āmanū maʿaka min qaryatinā aw lataʿūdunna fī millatinā qāla awalaw kunnā kārihīna

English Said the eminent ones who were arrogant among his people, "We will surely evict you, O Shuʿayb, and those who have believed with you from our city, or you must return to our religion." He said, "Even if we were unwilling?

  1. ۞ قَالَqālaSaid
  2. ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
  4. ٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟is'takbarūwere arrogant
  5. مِنminamong
  6. قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
  7. لَنُخْرِجَنَّكَlanukh'rijannakaWe will surely drive you out
  8. يَـٰشُعَيْبُyāshuʿaybuO Shuaib
  9. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  10. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanū(have) believed
  11. مَعَكَmaʿakawith you
  12. مِنminfrom
  13. قَرْيَتِنَآqaryatināour city
  14. أَوْawor
  15. لَتَعُودُنَّlataʿūdunnayou must return
  16. فِىfīto
  17. مِلَّتِنَا ۚmillatināour religion
  18. قَالَqālaHe said
  19. أَوَلَوْawalawEven if
  20. كُنَّاkunnāwe are
  21. كَـٰرِهِينَkārihīna(the) ones who hate (it)

Verse 89

قَدِ ٱفْتَرَيْنَا عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا إِنْ عُدْنَا فِى مِلَّتِكُم بَعْدَ إِذْ نَجَّىٰنَا ٱللَّهُ مِنْهَا ۚ وَمَا يَكُونُ لَنَآ أَن نَّعُودَ فِيهَآ إِلَّآ أَن يَشَآءَ ٱللَّهُ رَبُّنَا ۚ وَسِعَ رَبُّنَا كُلَّ شَىْءٍ عِلْمًا ۚ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ تَوَكَّلْنَا ۚ رَبَّنَا ٱفْتَحْ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَ قَوْمِنَا بِٱلْحَقِّ وَأَنتَ خَيْرُ ٱلْفَـٰتِحِينَ

Transliteration qadi if'taraynā ʿalā l-lahi kadhiban in ʿud'nā fī millatikum baʿda idh najjānā l-lahu min'hā wamā yakūnu lanā an naʿūda fīhā illā an yashāa l-lahu rabbunā wasiʿa rabbunā kulla shayin ʿil'man ʿalā l-lahi tawakkalnā rabbanā if'taḥ baynanā wabayna qawminā bil-ḥaqi wa-anta khayru l-fātiḥīna

English We would have invented against Allāh a lie if we returned to your religion after Allāh had saved us from it. And it is not for us to return to it except that Allāh, our Lord, should will. Our Lord has encompassed all things in knowledge. Upon Allāh we have relied. Our Lord, decide between us and our people in truth, and You are the best of those who give decision."

  1. قَدِqadiVerily
  2. ٱفْتَرَيْنَاif'taraynāwe would have fabricated
  3. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  5. كَذِبًاkadhibana lie
  6. إِنْinif
  7. عُدْنَاʿud'nāwe returned
  8. فِىfīin
  9. مِلَّتِكُمmillatikumyour religion
  10. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  11. إِذْidh[when]
  12. نَجَّىٰنَاnajjānāsaved us
  13. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  14. مِنْهَا ۚmin'hāfrom it
  15. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  16. يَكُونُyakūnuit is
  17. لَنَآlanāfor us
  18. أَنanthat
  19. نَّعُودَnaʿūdawe return
  20. فِيهَآfīhāin it
  21. إِلَّآillāexcept
  22. أَنanthat
  23. يَشَآءَyashāawills
  24. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  25. رَبُّنَا ۚrabbunāour Lord
  26. وَسِعَwasiʿaEncompasses
  27. رَبُّنَاrabbunā(by) Our Lord
  28. كُلَّkullaevery
  29. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  30. عِلْمًا ۚʿil'man(in) knowledge
  31. عَلَىʿalāUpon
  32. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  33. تَوَكَّلْنَا ۚtawakkalnāwe put our trust
  34. رَبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
  35. ٱفْتَحْif'taḥDecide
  36. بَيْنَنَاbaynanābetween us
  37. وَبَيْنَwabaynaand between
  38. قَوْمِنَاqawmināour people
  39. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiin truth
  40. وَأَنتَwa-antaand You
  41. خَيْرُkhayru(are the) Best
  42. ٱلْفَـٰتِحِينَl-fātiḥīna(of) those who Decide

Verse 90

وَقَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦ لَئِنِ ٱتَّبَعْتُمْ شُعَيْبًا إِنَّكُمْ إِذًا لَّخَـٰسِرُونَ

Transliteration waqāla l-mala-u alladhīna kafarū min qawmihi la-ini ittabaʿtum shuʿayban innakum idhan lakhāsirūna

English Said the eminent ones who disbelieved among his people, "If you should follow Shuʿayb, indeed, you would then be losers."

  1. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
  2. ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
  4. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  5. مِنminamong
  6. قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
  7. لَئِنِla-iniIf
  8. ٱتَّبَعْتُمْittabaʿtumyou follow
  9. شُعَيْبًاshuʿaybanShuaib
  10. إِنَّكُمْinnakumindeed, you
  11. إِذًۭاidhanthen
  12. لَّخَـٰسِرُونَlakhāsirūna(will be) certainly losers

Verse 91

فَأَخَذَتْهُمُ ٱلرَّجْفَةُ فَأَصْبَحُوا۟ فِى دَارِهِمْ جَـٰثِمِينَ

Transliteration fa-akhadhathumu l-rajfatu fa-aṣbaḥū fī dārihim jāthimīna

English So the earthquake seized them, and they became within their home [corpses] fallen prone.

  1. فَأَخَذَتْهُمُfa-akhadhathumuThen seized them
  2. ٱلرَّجْفَةُl-rajfatuthe earthquake
  3. فَأَصْبَحُوا۟fa-aṣbaḥūthen they became
  4. فِىfīin
  5. دَارِهِمْdārihimtheir home(s)
  6. جَـٰثِمِينَjāthimīnafallen prone

Verse 92

ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ شُعَيْبًا كَأَن لَّمْ يَغْنَوْا۟ فِيهَا ۚ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ شُعَيْبًا كَانُوا۟ هُمُ ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَ

Transliteration alladhīna kadhabū shuʿayban ka-an lam yaghnaw fīhā alladhīna kadhabū shuʿayban kānū humu l-khāsirīna

English Those who denied Shuʿayb - it was as though they had never resided there. Those who denied Shuʿayb - it was they who were the losers.

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  2. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  3. شُعَيْبًۭاshuʿaybanShuaib
  4. كَأَنka-an(became) as if
  5. لَّمْlamnot
  6. يَغْنَوْا۟yaghnawthey (had) lived
  7. فِيهَا ۚfīhātherein
  8. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  9. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  10. شُعَيْبًۭاshuʿaybanShuaib
  11. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  12. هُمُhumuthem
  13. ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَl-khāsirīnathe losers

Verse 93

فَتَوَلَّىٰ عَنْهُمْ وَقَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ لَقَدْ أَبْلَغْتُكُمْ رِسَـٰلَـٰتِ رَبِّى وَنَصَحْتُ لَكُمْ ۖ فَكَيْفَ ءَاسَىٰ عَلَىٰ قَوْمٍ كَـٰفِرِينَ

Transliteration fatawallā ʿanhum waqāla yāqawmi laqad ablaghtukum risālāti rabbī wanaṣaḥtu lakum fakayfa āsā ʿalā qawmin kāfirīna

English And he [i.e., Shuʿayb] turned away from them and said, "O my people, I had certainly conveyed to you the messages of my Lord and advised you, so how could I grieve for a disbelieving people?"

  1. فَتَوَلَّىٰfatawallāSo he turned away
  2. عَنْهُمْʿanhumfrom them
  3. وَقَالَwaqālaand said
  4. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  5. لَقَدْlaqadVerily
  6. أَبْلَغْتُكُمْablaghtukumI (have) conveyed to you
  7. رِسَـٰلَـٰتِrisālāti(the) Messages
  8. رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
  9. وَنَصَحْتُwanaṣaḥtuand advised
  10. لَكُمْ ۖlakum[to] you
  11. فَكَيْفَfakayfaSo how could
  12. ءَاسَىٰāsāI grieve
  13. عَلَىٰʿalāfor
  14. قَوْمٍۢqawmina people
  15. كَـٰفِرِينَkāfirīna(who are) disbelievers

Verse 94

وَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَا فِى قَرْيَةٍ مِّن نَّبِىٍّ إِلَّآ أَخَذْنَآ أَهْلَهَا بِٱلْبَأْسَآءِ وَٱلضَّرَّآءِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَضَّرَّعُونَ

Transliteration wamā arsalnā fī qaryatin min nabiyyin illā akhadhnā ahlahā bil-basāi wal-ḍarāi laʿallahum yaḍḍarraʿūna

English And We sent to no city a prophet [who was denied] except that We seized its people with poverty and hardship that they might humble themselves [to Allāh].

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  2. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
  3. فِىfīin
  4. قَرْيَةٍۢqaryatina city
  5. مِّنminany
  6. نَّبِىٍّnabiyyinProphet
  7. إِلَّآillāexcept
  8. أَخَذْنَآakhadhnāWe seized
  9. أَهْلَهَاahlahāits people
  10. بِٱلْبَأْسَآءِbil-basāiwith adversity
  11. وَٱلضَّرَّآءِwal-ḍarāiand hardship
  12. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  13. يَضَّرَّعُونَyaḍḍarraʿūna(become) humble

Verse 95

ثُمَّ بَدَّلْنَا مَكَانَ ٱلسَّيِّئَةِ ٱلْحَسَنَةَ حَتَّىٰ عَفَوا۟ وَّقَالُوا۟ قَدْ مَسَّ ءَابَآءَنَا ٱلضَّرَّآءُ وَٱلسَّرَّآءُ فَأَخَذْنَـٰهُم بَغْتَةً وَهُمْ لَا يَشْعُرُونَ

Transliteration thumma baddalnā makāna l-sayi-ati l-ḥasanata ḥattā ʿafaw waqālū qad massa ābāanā l-ḍarāu wal-sarāu fa-akhadhnāhum baghtatan wahum lā yashʿurūna

English Then We exchanged in place of the bad [condition], good, until they increased [and prospered] and said, "Our fathers [also] were touched with hardship and ease." So We seized them suddenly while they did not perceive.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. بَدَّلْنَاbaddalnāWe changed
  3. مَكَانَmakāna(in) place
  4. ٱلسَّيِّئَةِl-sayi-ati(of) the bad
  5. ٱلْحَسَنَةَl-ḥasanatathe good
  6. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  7. عَفَوا۟ʿafawthey increased
  8. وَّقَالُوا۟waqālūand said
  9. قَدْqadVerily
  10. مَسَّmassa(had) touched
  11. ءَابَآءَنَاābāanāour forefathers
  12. ٱلضَّرَّآءُl-ḍarāuthe adversity
  13. وَٱلسَّرَّآءُwal-sarāuand the ease
  14. فَأَخَذْنَـٰهُمfa-akhadhnāhumSo We seized them
  15. بَغْتَةًۭbaghtatansuddenly
  16. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  17. لَاlā(did) not
  18. يَشْعُرُونَyashʿurūnaperceive

Verse 96

وَلَوْ أَنَّ أَهْلَ ٱلْقُرَىٰٓ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَٱتَّقَوْا۟ لَفَتَحْنَا عَلَيْهِم بَرَكَـٰتٍ مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَـٰكِن كَذَّبُوا۟ فَأَخَذْنَـٰهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْسِبُونَ

Transliteration walaw anna ahla l-qurā āmanū wa-ittaqaw lafataḥnā ʿalayhim barakātin mina l-samāi wal-arḍi walākin kadhabū fa-akhadhnāhum bimā kānū yaksibūna

English And if only the people of the cities had believed and feared Allāh, We would have opened [i.e., bestowed] upon them blessings from the heaven and the earth; but they denied [the messengers], so We seized them for what they were earning.

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. أَنَّanna[that]
  3. أَهْلَahlapeople
  4. ٱلْقُرَىٰٓl-qurā(of) the cities
  5. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanū(had) believed
  6. وَٱتَّقَوْا۟wa-ittaqawand feared Allah
  7. لَفَتَحْنَاlafataḥnāsurely We (would have) opened
  8. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimupon them
  9. بَرَكَـٰتٍۢbarakātinblessings
  10. مِّنَminafrom
  11. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe heaven
  12. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  13. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinbut
  14. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūthey denied
  15. فَأَخَذْنَـٰهُمfa-akhadhnāhumSo We seized them
  16. بِمَاbimāfor what
  17. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  18. يَكْسِبُونَyaksibūnaearn

Verse 97

أَفَأَمِنَ أَهْلُ ٱلْقُرَىٰٓ أَن يَأْتِيَهُم بَأْسُنَا بَيَـٰتًا وَهُمْ نَآئِمُونَ

Transliteration afa-amina ahlu l-qurā an yatiyahum basunā bayātan wahum nāimūna

English Then, did the people of the cities feel secure from Our punishment coming to them at night while they were asleep?

  1. أَفَأَمِنَafa-aminaThen did feel secure
  2. أَهْلُahlu(the) people
  3. ٱلْقُرَىٰٓl-qurā(of) the cities
  4. أَنanthat
  5. يَأْتِيَهُمyatiyahumcomes to them
  6. بَأْسُنَاbasunāOur punishment
  7. بَيَـٰتًۭاbayātan(at) night
  8. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  9. نَآئِمُونَnāimūna(were) asleep

Verse 98

أَوَأَمِنَ أَهْلُ ٱلْقُرَىٰٓ أَن يَأْتِيَهُم بَأْسُنَا ضُحًى وَهُمْ يَلْعَبُونَ

Transliteration awa-amina ahlu l-qurā an yatiyahum basunā ḍuḥan wahum yalʿabūna

English Or did the people of the cities feel secure from Our punishment coming to them in the morning while they were at play?

  1. أَوَأَمِنَawa-aminaOr felt secure
  2. أَهْلُahlu(the) people
  3. ٱلْقُرَىٰٓl-qurā(of) the cities
  4. أَنanthat
  5. يَأْتِيَهُمyatiyahumcomes to them
  6. بَأْسُنَاbasunāOur punishment
  7. ضُحًۭىḍuḥan(in) daylight
  8. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  9. يَلْعَبُونَyalʿabūna(were) playing

Verse 99

أَفَأَمِنُوا۟ مَكْرَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ فَلَا يَأْمَنُ مَكْرَ ٱللَّهِ إِلَّا ٱلْقَوْمُ ٱلْخَـٰسِرُونَ

Transliteration afa-aminū makra l-lahi falā yamanu makra l-lahi illā l-qawmu l-khāsirūna

English Then, did they feel secure from the plan of Allāh? But no one feels secure from the plan of Allāh except the losing people.

  1. أَفَأَمِنُوا۟afa-aminūThen did they feel secure
  2. مَكْرَmakra(from the) plan
  3. ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahi(of) Allah
  4. فَلَاfalāBut not
  5. يَأْمَنُyamanufeel secure
  6. مَكْرَmakra(from the) plan
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. ٱلْقَوْمُl-qawmuthe people
  10. ٱلْخَـٰسِرُونَl-khāsirūna(who are) the losers

Verse 100

أَوَلَمْ يَهْدِ لِلَّذِينَ يَرِثُونَ ٱلْأَرْضَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ أَهْلِهَآ أَن لَّوْ نَشَآءُ أَصَبْنَـٰهُم بِذُنُوبِهِمْ ۚ وَنَطْبَعُ عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِهِمْ فَهُمْ لَا يَسْمَعُونَ

Transliteration awalam yahdi lilladhīna yarithūna l-arḍa min baʿdi ahlihā an law nashāu aṣabnāhum bidhunūbihim wanaṭbaʿu ʿalā qulūbihim fahum lā yasmaʿūna

English Has it not become clear to those who inherited the earth after its [previous] people that if We willed, We could afflict them for their sins? But We seal over their hearts so they do not hear.

  1. أَوَلَمْawalamWould it not
  2. يَهْدِyahdiguide
  3. لِلَّذِينَlilladhīna[for] those who
  4. يَرِثُونَyarithūnainherit
  5. ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍathe land
  6. مِنۢminfrom
  7. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  8. أَهْلِهَآahlihāits people
  9. أَنanthat
  10. لَّوْlawif
  11. نَشَآءُnashāuWe willed
  12. أَصَبْنَـٰهُمaṣabnāhumWe (could) afflict them
  13. بِذُنُوبِهِمْ ۚbidhunūbihimfor their sins
  14. وَنَطْبَعُwanaṭbaʿuand We put a seal
  15. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  16. قُلُوبِهِمْqulūbihimtheir hearts
  17. فَهُمْfahumso they
  18. لَاlā(do) not
  19. يَسْمَعُونَyasmaʿūnahear

Verse 101

تِلْكَ ٱلْقُرَىٰ نَقُصُّ عَلَيْكَ مِنْ أَنۢبَآئِهَا ۚ وَلَقَدْ جَآءَتْهُمْ رُسُلُهُم بِٱلْبَيِّنَـٰتِ فَمَا كَانُوا۟ لِيُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِمَا كَذَّبُوا۟ مِن قَبْلُ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يَطْبَعُ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِ ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَ

Transliteration til'ka l-qurā naquṣṣu ʿalayka min anbāihā walaqad jāathum rusuluhum bil-bayināti famā kānū liyu'minū bimā kadhabū min qablu kadhālika yaṭbaʿu l-lahu ʿalā qulūbi l-kāfirīna

English Those cities - We relate to you, [O Muḥammad], some of their news. And certainly did their messengers come to them with clear proofs, but they were not to believe in that which they had denied before. Thus does Allāh seal over the hearts of the disbelievers.

  1. تِلْكَtil'kaThese
  2. ٱلْقُرَىٰl-qurā(were) the cities
  3. نَقُصُّnaquṣṣuWe relate
  4. عَلَيْكَʿalaykato you
  5. مِنْminof
  6. أَنۢبَآئِهَا ۚanbāihātheir news
  7. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  8. جَآءَتْهُمْjāathumcame to them
  9. رُسُلُهُمrusuluhumtheir Messengers
  10. بِٱلْبَيِّنَـٰتِbil-bayinātiwith clear proofs
  11. فَمَاfamābut not
  12. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  13. لِيُؤْمِنُوا۟liyu'minūto believe
  14. بِمَاbimāin what
  15. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūthey (had) denied
  16. مِنminfrom
  17. قَبْلُ ۚqablubefore
  18. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  19. يَطْبَعُyaṭbaʿu(has been) put a seal
  20. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  21. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  22. قُلُوبِqulūbi(the) hearts
  23. ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَl-kāfirīna(of) the disbelievers

Verse 102

وَمَا وَجَدْنَا لِأَكْثَرِهِم مِّنْ عَهْدٍ ۖ وَإِن وَجَدْنَآ أَكْثَرَهُمْ لَفَـٰسِقِينَ

Transliteration wamā wajadnā li-aktharihim min ʿahdin wa-in wajadnā aktharahum lafāsiqīna

English And We did not find for most of them any covenant; but indeed, We found most of them defiantly disobedient.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. وَجَدْنَاwajadnāWe found
  3. لِأَكْثَرِهِمli-aktharihimfor most of them
  4. مِّنْminany
  5. عَهْدٍۢ ۖʿahdincovenant
  6. وَإِنwa-inBut
  7. وَجَدْنَآwajadnāWe found
  8. أَكْثَرَهُمْaktharahummost of them
  9. لَفَـٰسِقِينَlafāsiqīnacertainly, defiantly disobedient

Verse 103

ثُمَّ بَعَثْنَا مِنۢ بَعْدِهِم مُّوسَىٰ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآ إِلَىٰ فِرْعَوْنَ وَمَلَإِي۟هِۦ فَظَلَمُوا۟ بِهَا ۖ فَٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَـٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ

Transliteration thumma baʿathnā min baʿdihim mūsā biāyātinā ilā fir'ʿawna wamala-ihi faẓalamū bihā fa-unẓur kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu l-muf'sidīna

English Then We sent after them Moses with Our signs to Pharaoh and his establishment, but they were unjust toward them. So see how was the end of the corrupters.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. بَعَثْنَاbaʿathnāWe sent
  3. مِنۢminfrom
  4. بَعْدِهِمbaʿdihimafter them
  5. مُّوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  6. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآbiāyātināwith Our Signs
  7. إِلَىٰilāto
  8. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawnaFiraun
  9. وَمَلَإِي۟هِۦwamala-ihiand his chiefs
  10. فَظَلَمُوا۟faẓalamūBut they were unjust
  11. بِهَا ۖbihāto them
  12. فَٱنظُرْfa-unẓurSo see
  13. كَيْفَkayfahow
  14. كَانَkānawas
  15. عَـٰقِبَةُʿāqibatu(the) end
  16. ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَl-muf'sidīna(of) the corrupters

Verse 104

وَقَالَ مُوسَىٰ يَـٰفِرْعَوْنُ إِنِّى رَسُولٌ مِّن رَّبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration waqāla mūsā yāfir'ʿawnu innī rasūlun min rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English And Moses said, "O Pharaoh, I am a messenger from the Lord of the worlds

  1. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
  2. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  3. يَـٰفِرْعَوْنُyāfir'ʿawnuO Firaun
  4. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  5. رَسُولٌۭrasūluna Messenger
  6. مِّنminfrom
  7. رَّبِّrabbi(the) Lord
  8. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 105

حَقِيقٌ عَلَىٰٓ أَن لَّآ أَقُولَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ إِلَّا ٱلْحَقَّ ۚ قَدْ جِئْتُكُم بِبَيِّنَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ فَأَرْسِلْ مَعِىَ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ

Transliteration ḥaqīqun ʿalā an lā aqūla ʿalā l-lahi illā l-ḥaqa qad ji'tukum bibayyinatin min rabbikum fa-arsil maʿiya banī is'rāīla

English [Who is] obligated not to say about Allāh except the truth. I have come to you with clear evidence from your Lord, so send with me the Children of Israel."

  1. حَقِيقٌḥaqīqunObligated
  2. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  3. أَنanthat
  4. لَّآlānot
  5. أَقُولَaqūlaI say
  6. عَلَىʿalāabout
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. ٱلْحَقَّ ۚl-ḥaqathe truth
  10. قَدْqadVerily
  11. جِئْتُكُمji'tukumI (have) come to you
  12. بِبَيِّنَةٍۢbibayyinatinwith a clear Sign
  13. مِّنminfrom
  14. رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
  15. فَأَرْسِلْfa-arsilso send
  16. مَعِىَmaʿiyawith me
  17. بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children
  18. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(of) Israel

Verse 106

قَالَ إِن كُنتَ جِئْتَ بِـَٔايَةٍ فَأْتِ بِهَآ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration qāla in kunta ji'ta biāyatin fati bihā in kunta mina l-ṣādiqīna

English [Pharaoh] said, "If you have come with a sign, then bring it forth, if you should be of the truthful."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. إِنinIf
  3. كُنتَkuntayou have
  4. جِئْتَji'tacome
  5. بِـَٔايَةٍۢbiāyatinwith a Sign
  6. فَأْتِfatithen bring
  7. بِهَآbihāit
  8. إِنinif
  9. كُنتَkuntayou are
  10. مِنَminaof
  11. ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَl-ṣādiqīnathe truthful

Verse 107

فَأَلْقَىٰ عَصَاهُ فَإِذَا هِىَ ثُعْبَانٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration fa-alqā ʿaṣāhu fa-idhā hiya thuʿ'bānun mubīnun

English So he [i.e., Moses] threw his staff, and suddenly it was a serpent, manifest.

  1. فَأَلْقَىٰfa-alqāSo he threw
  2. عَصَاهُʿaṣāhuhis staff
  3. فَإِذَاfa-idhāand suddenly
  4. هِىَhiyait
  5. ثُعْبَانٌۭthuʿ'bānun(was) a serpent
  6. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunmanifest

Verse 108

وَنَزَعَ يَدَهُۥ فَإِذَا هِىَ بَيْضَآءُ لِلنَّـٰظِرِينَ

Transliteration wanazaʿa yadahu fa-idhā hiya bayḍāu lilnnāẓirīna

English And he drew out his hand; thereupon it was white [with radiance] for the observers.

  1. وَنَزَعَwanazaʿaAnd he drew out
  2. يَدَهُۥyadahuhis hand
  3. فَإِذَاfa-idhāand suddenly
  4. هِىَhiyait
  5. بَيْضَآءُbayḍāu(was) white
  6. لِلنَّـٰظِرِينَlilnnāẓirīnafor the observers

Verse 109

قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ مِن قَوْمِ فِرْعَوْنَ إِنَّ هَـٰذَا لَسَـٰحِرٌ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration qāla l-mala-u min qawmi fir'ʿawna inna hādhā lasāḥirun ʿalīmun

English Said the eminent among the people of Pharaoh, "Indeed, this is a learned magician

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
  3. مِنminof
  4. قَوْمِqawmi(the) people
  5. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawna(of) Firaun
  6. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  7. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  8. لَسَـٰحِرٌlasāḥirun(is) surely a magician
  9. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmunlearned

Verse 110

يُرِيدُ أَن يُخْرِجَكُم مِّنْ أَرْضِكُمْ ۖ فَمَاذَا تَأْمُرُونَ

Transliteration yurīdu an yukh'rijakum min arḍikum famādhā tamurūna

English Who wants to expel you from your land [through magic], so what do you instruct?"

  1. يُرِيدُyurīduHe wants
  2. أَنanto
  3. يُخْرِجَكُمyukh'rijakumdrive you out
  4. مِّنْminfrom
  5. أَرْضِكُمْ ۖarḍikumyour land
  6. فَمَاذَاfamādhāso what
  7. تَأْمُرُونَtamurūna(do) you instruct

Verse 111

قَالُوٓا۟ أَرْجِهْ وَأَخَاهُ وَأَرْسِلْ فِى ٱلْمَدَآئِنِ حَـٰشِرِينَ

Transliteration qālū arjih wa-akhāhu wa-arsil fī l-madāini ḥāshirīna

English They said, "Postpone [the matter of] him and his brother and send among the cities gatherers

  1. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  2. أَرْجِهْarjihPostpone him
  3. وَأَخَاهُwa-akhāhuand his brother
  4. وَأَرْسِلْwa-arsiland send
  5. فِىfīin
  6. ٱلْمَدَآئِنِl-madāinithe cities
  7. حَـٰشِرِينَḥāshirīnagatherers

Verse 112

يَأْتُوكَ بِكُلِّ سَـٰحِرٍ عَلِيمٍ

Transliteration yatūka bikulli sāḥirin ʿalīmin

English Who will bring you every learned magician."

  1. يَأْتُوكَyatūkaThey (will) bring to you
  2. بِكُلِّbikulli[with] every
  3. سَـٰحِرٍsāḥirinmagician
  4. عَلِيمٍۢʿalīminlearned

Verse 113

وَجَآءَ ٱلسَّحَرَةُ فِرْعَوْنَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ لَنَا لَأَجْرًا إِن كُنَّا نَحْنُ ٱلْغَـٰلِبِينَ

Transliteration wajāa l-saḥaratu fir'ʿawna qālū inna lanā la-ajran in kunnā naḥnu l-ghālibīna

English And the magicians came to Pharaoh. They said, "Indeed for us is a reward if we are the predominant."

  1. وَجَآءَwajāaSo came
  2. ٱلسَّحَرَةُl-saḥaratuthe magicians
  3. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawna(to) Firaun
  4. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  5. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  6. لَنَاlanāfor us
  7. لَأَجْرًاla-ajransurely (will be) a reward
  8. إِنinif
  9. كُنَّاkunnāwe are
  10. نَحْنُnaḥnu[we]
  11. ٱلْغَـٰلِبِينَl-ghālibīnathe victors

Verse 114

قَالَ نَعَمْ وَإِنَّكُمْ لَمِنَ ٱلْمُقَرَّبِينَ

Transliteration qāla naʿam wa-innakum lamina l-muqarabīna

English He said, "Yes, and, [moreover], you will be among those made near [to me]."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. نَعَمْnaʿamYes
  3. وَإِنَّكُمْwa-innakumand indeed you
  4. لَمِنَlaminasurely (will be) of
  5. ٱلْمُقَرَّبِينَl-muqarabīnathe ones who are near

Verse 115

قَالُوا۟ يَـٰمُوسَىٰٓ إِمَّآ أَن تُلْقِىَ وَإِمَّآ أَن نَّكُونَ نَحْنُ ٱلْمُلْقِينَ

Transliteration qālū yāmūsā immā an tul'qiya wa-immā an nakūna naḥnu l-mul'qīna

English They said, "O Moses, either you throw [your staff], or we will be the ones to throw [first]."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. يَـٰمُوسَىٰٓyāmūsāO Musa
  3. إِمَّآimmāWhether
  4. أَنan[that]
  5. تُلْقِىَtul'qiyayou throw
  6. وَإِمَّآwa-immāor Whether
  7. أَنan[that]
  8. نَّكُونَnakūnawe will be
  9. نَحْنُnaḥnu[we]
  10. ٱلْمُلْقِينَl-mul'qīnathe ones to throw

Verse 116

قَالَ أَلْقُوا۟ ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَلْقَوْا۟ سَحَرُوٓا۟ أَعْيُنَ ٱلنَّاسِ وَٱسْتَرْهَبُوهُمْ وَجَآءُو بِسِحْرٍ عَظِيمٍ

Transliteration qāla alqū falammā alqaw saḥarū aʿyuna l-nāsi wa-is'tarhabūhum wajāū bisiḥ'rin ʿaẓīmin

English He said, "Throw," and when they threw, they bewitched the eyes of the people and struck terror into them, and they presented a great [feat of] magic.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. أَلْقُوا۟ ۖalqūThrow
  3. فَلَمَّآfalammāThen when
  4. أَلْقَوْا۟alqawthey threw
  5. سَحَرُوٓا۟saḥarūthey bewitched
  6. أَعْيُنَaʿyuna(the) eyes
  7. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsi(of) the people
  8. وَٱسْتَرْهَبُوهُمْwa-is'tarhabūhumand terrified them
  9. وَجَآءُوwajāūand came (up)
  10. بِسِحْرٍbisiḥ'rinwith a magic
  11. عَظِيمٍۢʿaẓīmingreat

Verse 117

۞ وَأَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَىٰ مُوسَىٰٓ أَنْ أَلْقِ عَصَاكَ ۖ فَإِذَا هِىَ تَلْقَفُ مَا يَأْفِكُونَ

Transliteration wa-awḥaynā ilā mūsā an alqi ʿaṣāka fa-idhā hiya talqafu mā yafikūna

English And We inspired to Moses, "Throw your staff," and at once it devoured what they were falsifying.

  1. ۞ وَأَوْحَيْنَآwa-awḥaynāAnd We inspired
  2. إِلَىٰilāto
  3. مُوسَىٰٓmūsāMusa
  4. أَنْanthat
  5. أَلْقِalqiThrow
  6. عَصَاكَ ۖʿaṣākayour staff
  7. فَإِذَاfa-idhāand suddenly
  8. هِىَhiyait
  9. تَلْقَفُtalqafuswallow(ed)
  10. مَاmāwhat
  11. يَأْفِكُونَyafikūnathey (were) falsifying

Verse 118

فَوَقَعَ ٱلْحَقُّ وَبَطَلَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration fawaqaʿa l-ḥaqu wabaṭala mā kānū yaʿmalūna

English So the truth was established, and abolished was what they were doing.

  1. فَوَقَعَfawaqaʿaSo was established
  2. ٱلْحَقُّl-ḥaquthe truth
  3. وَبَطَلَwabaṭalaand became futile
  4. مَاmāwhat
  5. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  6. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado

Verse 119

فَغُلِبُوا۟ هُنَالِكَ وَٱنقَلَبُوا۟ صَـٰغِرِينَ

Transliteration faghulibū hunālika wa-inqalabū ṣāghirīna

English And they [i.e., Pharaoh and his people] were overcome right there and became debased.

  1. فَغُلِبُوا۟faghulibūSo they were defeated
  2. هُنَالِكَhunālikathere
  3. وَٱنقَلَبُوا۟wa-inqalabūand returned
  4. صَـٰغِرِينَṣāghirīnahumiliated

Verse 120

وَأُلْقِىَ ٱلسَّحَرَةُ سَـٰجِدِينَ

Transliteration wa-ul'qiya l-saḥaratu sājidīna

English And the magicians fell down in prostration [to Allāh].

  1. وَأُلْقِىَwa-ul'qiyaAnd fell down
  2. ٱلسَّحَرَةُl-saḥaratuthe magicians
  3. سَـٰجِدِينَsājidīnaprostrate

Verse 121

قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا بِرَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration qālū āmannā birabbi l-ʿālamīna

English They said, "We have believed in the Lord of the worlds,

  1. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  2. ءَامَنَّاāmannāWe believe
  3. بِرَبِّbirabbiin (the) Lord
  4. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 122

رَبِّ مُوسَىٰ وَهَـٰرُونَ

Transliteration rabbi mūsā wahārūna

English The Lord of Moses and Aaron."

  1. رَبِّrabbiLord
  2. مُوسَىٰmūsā(of) Musa
  3. وَهَـٰرُونَwahārūnaand Harun

Verse 123

قَالَ فِرْعَوْنُ ءَامَنتُم بِهِۦ قَبْلَ أَنْ ءَاذَنَ لَكُمْ ۖ إِنَّ هَـٰذَا لَمَكْرٌ مَّكَرْتُمُوهُ فِى ٱلْمَدِينَةِ لِتُخْرِجُوا۟ مِنْهَآ أَهْلَهَا ۖ فَسَوْفَ تَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration qāla fir'ʿawnu āmantum bihi qabla an ādhana lakum inna hādhā lamakrun makartumūhu fī l-madīnati litukh'rijū min'hā ahlahā fasawfa taʿlamūna

English Said Pharaoh, "You believed in him before I gave you permission. Indeed, this is a conspiracy which you conspired in the city to expel therefrom its people. But you are going to know.

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. فِرْعَوْنُfir'ʿawnuFiraun
  3. ءَامَنتُمāmantumYou believed
  4. بِهِۦbihiin him
  5. قَبْلَqablabefore
  6. أَنْan[that]
  7. ءَاذَنَādhanaI give permission
  8. لَكُمْ ۖlakumto you
  9. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  10. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  11. لَمَكْرٌۭlamakrun(is) surely a plot
  12. مَّكَرْتُمُوهُmakartumūhuyou have plotted it
  13. فِىfīin
  14. ٱلْمَدِينَةِl-madīnatithe city
  15. لِتُخْرِجُوا۟litukh'rijūso that you may drive out
  16. مِنْهَآmin'hāfrom it
  17. أَهْلَهَا ۖahlahāits people
  18. فَسَوْفَfasawfaBut soon
  19. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou will know

Verse 124

لَأُقَطِّعَنَّ أَيْدِيَكُمْ وَأَرْجُلَكُم مِّنْ خِلَـٰفٍ ثُمَّ لَأُصَلِّبَنَّكُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ

Transliteration la-uqaṭṭiʿanna aydiyakum wa-arjulakum min khilāfin thumma la-uṣallibannakum ajmaʿīna

English I will surely cut off your hands and your feet on opposite sides; then I will surely crucify you all."

  1. لَأُقَطِّعَنَّla-uqaṭṭiʿannaI will surely cut off
  2. أَيْدِيَكُمْaydiyakumyour hands
  3. وَأَرْجُلَكُمwa-arjulakumand your feet
  4. مِّنْminof
  5. خِلَـٰفٍۢkhilāfinopposite (sides)
  6. ثُمَّthummaThen
  7. لَأُصَلِّبَنَّكُمْla-uṣallibannakumI will surely crucify you
  8. أَجْمَعِينَajmaʿīnaall

Verse 125

قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّآ إِلَىٰ رَبِّنَا مُنقَلِبُونَ

Transliteration qālū innā ilā rabbinā munqalibūna

English They said, "Indeed, to our Lord we will return.

  1. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  2. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, we
  3. إِلَىٰilāto
  4. رَبِّنَاrabbināour Lord
  5. مُنقَلِبُونَmunqalibūna(will) return

Verse 126

وَمَا تَنقِمُ مِنَّآ إِلَّآ أَنْ ءَامَنَّا بِـَٔايَـٰتِ رَبِّنَا لَمَّا جَآءَتْنَا ۚ رَبَّنَآ أَفْرِغْ عَلَيْنَا صَبْرًا وَتَوَفَّنَا مُسْلِمِينَ

Transliteration wamā tanqimu minnā illā an āmannā biāyāti rabbinā lammā jāatnā rabbanā afrigh ʿalaynā ṣabran watawaffanā mus'limīna

English And you do not resent us except because we believed in the signs of our Lord when they came to us. Our Lord, pour upon us patience and let us die as Muslims [in submission to You]."

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. تَنقِمُtanqimuyou take revenge
  3. مِنَّآminnāfrom us
  4. إِلَّآillāexcept
  5. أَنْanthat
  6. ءَامَنَّاāmannāwe believed
  7. بِـَٔايَـٰتِbiāyātiin (the) Signs
  8. رَبِّنَاrabbinā(of) our Lord
  9. لَمَّاlammāwhen
  10. جَآءَتْنَا ۚjāatnāthey came to us
  11. رَبَّنَآrabbanāOur Lord
  12. أَفْرِغْafrighPour
  13. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāupon us
  14. صَبْرًۭاṣabranpatience
  15. وَتَوَفَّنَاwatawaffanāand cause us to die
  16. مُسْلِمِينَmus'limīna(as) Muslims

Verse 127

وَقَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ مِن قَوْمِ فِرْعَوْنَ أَتَذَرُ مُوسَىٰ وَقَوْمَهُۥ لِيُفْسِدُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَيَذَرَكَ وَءَالِهَتَكَ ۚ قَالَ سَنُقَتِّلُ أَبْنَآءَهُمْ وَنَسْتَحْىِۦ نِسَآءَهُمْ وَإِنَّا فَوْقَهُمْ قَـٰهِرُونَ

Transliteration waqāla l-mala-u min qawmi fir'ʿawna atadharu mūsā waqawmahu liyuf'sidū fī l-arḍi wayadharaka waālihataka qāla sanuqattilu abnāahum wanastaḥyī nisāahum wa-innā fawqahum qāhirūna

English And the eminent among the people of Pharaoh said, "Will you leave Moses and his people to cause corruption in the land and abandon you and your gods?" [Pharaoh] said, "We will kill their sons and keep their women alive; and indeed, we are subjugators over them."

  1. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
  2. ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
  3. مِنminof
  4. قَوْمِqawmi(the) people
  5. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawna(of) Firaun
  6. أَتَذَرُatadharuWill you leave
  7. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  8. وَقَوْمَهُۥwaqawmahuand his people
  9. لِيُفْسِدُوا۟liyuf'sidūso that they cause corruption
  10. فِىfīin
  11. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  12. وَيَذَرَكَwayadharakaand forsake you
  13. وَءَالِهَتَكَ ۚwaālihatakaand your gods
  14. قَالَqālaHe said
  15. سَنُقَتِّلُsanuqattiluWe will kill
  16. أَبْنَآءَهُمْabnāahumtheir sons
  17. وَنَسْتَحْىِۦwanastaḥyīand we will let live
  18. نِسَآءَهُمْnisāahumtheir women
  19. وَإِنَّاwa-innāand indeed, we
  20. فَوْقَهُمْfawqahumover them
  21. قَـٰهِرُونَqāhirūna(are) subjugators

Verse 128

قَالَ مُوسَىٰ لِقَوْمِهِ ٱسْتَعِينُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱصْبِرُوٓا۟ ۖ إِنَّ ٱلْأَرْضَ لِلَّهِ يُورِثُهَا مَن يَشَآءُ مِنْ عِبَادِهِۦ ۖ وَٱلْعَـٰقِبَةُ لِلْمُتَّقِينَ

Transliteration qāla mūsā liqawmihi is'taʿīnū bil-lahi wa-iṣ'birū inna l-arḍa lillahi yūrithuhā man yashāu min ʿibādihi wal-ʿāqibatu lil'muttaqīna

English Said Moses to his people, "Seek help through Allāh and be patient. Indeed, the earth belongs to Allāh. He causes to inherit it whom He wills of His servants. And the [best] outcome is for the righteous."

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  3. لِقَوْمِهِliqawmihito his people
  4. ٱسْتَعِينُوا۟is'taʿīnūSeek help
  5. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahifrom Allah
  6. وَٱصْبِرُوٓا۟ ۖwa-iṣ'birūand be patient
  7. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  8. ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍathe earth
  9. لِلَّهِlillahi(belongs) to Allah
  10. يُورِثُهَاyūrithuhāHe causes to inherit it
  11. مَنmanwhom
  12. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  13. مِنْminof
  14. عِبَادِهِۦ ۖʿibādihiHis servants
  15. وَٱلْعَـٰقِبَةُwal-ʿāqibatuAnd the end
  16. لِلْمُتَّقِينَlil'muttaqīna(is) for the righteous

Verse 129

قَالُوٓا۟ أُوذِينَا مِن قَبْلِ أَن تَأْتِيَنَا وَمِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جِئْتَنَا ۚ قَالَ عَسَىٰ رَبُّكُمْ أَن يُهْلِكَ عَدُوَّكُمْ وَيَسْتَخْلِفَكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَيَنظُرَ كَيْفَ تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration qālū ūdhīnā min qabli an tatiyanā wamin baʿdi mā ji'tanā qāla ʿasā rabbukum an yuh'lika ʿaduwwakum wayastakhlifakum fī l-arḍi fayanẓura kayfa taʿmalūna

English They said, "We have been harmed before you came to us and after you have come to us." He said, "Perhaps your Lord will destroy your enemy and grant you succession in the land and see how you will do."

  1. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  2. أُوذِينَاūdhīnāWe have been harmed
  3. مِنminfrom
  4. قَبْلِqablibefore
  5. أَنan[that]
  6. تَأْتِيَنَاtatiyanāyou came to us
  7. وَمِنۢwaminfrom
  8. بَعْدِbaʿdiand after
  9. مَاmā[what]
  10. جِئْتَنَا ۚji'tanāyou have come to us
  11. قَالَqālaHe said
  12. عَسَىٰʿasāPerhaps
  13. رَبُّكُمْrabbukumyour Lord
  14. أَنan[that]
  15. يُهْلِكَyuh'likawill destroy
  16. عَدُوَّكُمْʿaduwwakumyour enemy
  17. وَيَسْتَخْلِفَكُمْwayastakhlifakumand make you successors
  18. فِىfīin
  19. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  20. فَيَنظُرَfayanẓurathen see
  21. كَيْفَkayfahow
  22. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnayou will do

Verse 130

وَلَقَدْ أَخَذْنَآ ءَالَ فِرْعَوْنَ بِٱلسِّنِينَ وَنَقْصٍ مِّنَ ٱلثَّمَرَٰتِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَذَّكَّرُونَ

Transliteration walaqad akhadhnā āla fir'ʿawna bil-sinīna wanaqṣin mina l-thamarāti laʿallahum yadhakkarūna

English And We certainly seized the people of Pharaoh with years of famine and a deficiency in fruits that perhaps they would be reminded.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. أَخَذْنَآakhadhnāWe seized
  3. ءَالَāla(the) people
  4. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawna(of) Firaun
  5. بِٱلسِّنِينَbil-sinīnawith years (of famine)
  6. وَنَقْصٍۢwanaqṣinand a deficit
  7. مِّنَminaof
  8. ٱلثَّمَرَٰتِl-thamarāti[the] fruits
  9. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  10. يَذَّكَّرُونَyadhakkarūnareceive admonition

Verse 131

فَإِذَا جَآءَتْهُمُ ٱلْحَسَنَةُ قَالُوا۟ لَنَا هَـٰذِهِۦ ۖ وَإِن تُصِبْهُمْ سَيِّئَةٌ يَطَّيَّرُوا۟ بِمُوسَىٰ وَمَن مَّعَهُۥٓ ۗ أَلَآ إِنَّمَا طَـٰٓئِرُهُمْ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَلَـٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration fa-idhā jāathumu l-ḥasanatu qālū lanā hādhihi wa-in tuṣib'hum sayyi-atun yaṭṭayyarū bimūsā waman maʿahu alā innamā ṭāiruhum ʿinda l-lahi walākinna aktharahum lā yaʿlamūna

English But when good [i.e., provision] came to them, they said, "This is ours [by right]." And if a bad [condition] struck them, they saw an evil omen in Moses and those with him. Unquestionably, their fortune is with Allāh, but most of them do not know.

  1. فَإِذَاfa-idhāBut when
  2. جَآءَتْهُمُjāathumucame to them
  3. ٱلْحَسَنَةُl-ḥasanatuthe good
  4. قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
  5. لَنَاlanāFor us
  6. هَـٰذِهِۦ ۖhādhihi(is) this
  7. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  8. تُصِبْهُمْtuṣib'humafflicts them
  9. سَيِّئَةٌۭsayyi-atunbad
  10. يَطَّيَّرُوا۟yaṭṭayyarūthey ascribe evil omens
  11. بِمُوسَىٰbimūsāto Musa
  12. وَمَنwamanand who
  13. مَّعَهُۥٓ ۗmaʿahu(were) with him
  14. أَلَآalāBehold
  15. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  16. طَـٰٓئِرُهُمْṭāiruhumtheir evil omens
  17. عِندَʿinda(are) with
  18. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  19. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnabut
  20. أَكْثَرَهُمْaktharahummost of them
  21. لَاlā(do) not
  22. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 132

وَقَالُوا۟ مَهْمَا تَأْتِنَا بِهِۦ مِنْ ءَايَةٍ لِّتَسْحَرَنَا بِهَا فَمَا نَحْنُ لَكَ بِمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration waqālū mahmā tatinā bihi min āyatin litasḥaranā bihā famā naḥnu laka bimu'minīna

English And they said, "No matter what sign you bring us with which to bewitch us, we will not be believers in you."

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they said
  2. مَهْمَاmahmāWhatever
  3. تَأْتِنَاtatināyou bring us
  4. بِهِۦbihitherewith
  5. مِنْminof
  6. ءَايَةٍۢāyatin(the) sign
  7. لِّتَسْحَرَنَاlitasḥaranāso that you bewitch us
  8. بِهَاbihāwith it
  9. فَمَاfamāthen not
  10. نَحْنُnaḥnuwe
  11. لَكَlaka(will be) in you
  12. بِمُؤْمِنِينَbimu'minīnabelievers

Verse 133

فَأَرْسَلْنَا عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلطُّوفَانَ وَٱلْجَرَادَ وَٱلْقُمَّلَ وَٱلضَّفَادِعَ وَٱلدَّمَ ءَايَـٰتٍ مُّفَصَّلَـٰتٍ فَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ وَكَانُوا۟ قَوْمًا مُّجْرِمِينَ

Transliteration fa-arsalnā ʿalayhimu l-ṭūfāna wal-jarāda wal-qumala wal-ḍafādiʿa wal-dama āyātin mufaṣṣalātin fa-is'takbarū wakānū qawman muj'rimīna

English So We sent upon them the flood and locusts and lice and frogs and blood as distinct signs, but they were arrogant and were a criminal people.

  1. فَأَرْسَلْنَاfa-arsalnāSo We sent
  2. عَلَيْهِمُʿalayhimuon them
  3. ٱلطُّوفَانَl-ṭūfānathe flood
  4. وَٱلْجَرَادَwal-jarādaand the locusts
  5. وَٱلْقُمَّلَwal-qumalaand the lice
  6. وَٱلضَّفَادِعَwal-ḍafādiʿaand the frogs
  7. وَٱلدَّمَwal-damaand the blood
  8. ءَايَـٰتٍۢāyātin(as) signs
  9. مُّفَصَّلَـٰتٍۢmufaṣṣalātinmanifest
  10. فَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟fa-is'takbarūbut they showed arrogance
  11. وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand they were
  12. قَوْمًۭاqawmana people
  13. مُّجْرِمِينَmuj'rimīnacriminal

Verse 134

وَلَمَّا وَقَعَ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلرِّجْزُ قَالُوا۟ يَـٰمُوسَى ٱدْعُ لَنَا رَبَّكَ بِمَا عَهِدَ عِندَكَ ۖ لَئِن كَشَفْتَ عَنَّا ٱلرِّجْزَ لَنُؤْمِنَنَّ لَكَ وَلَنُرْسِلَنَّ مَعَكَ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ

Transliteration walammā waqaʿa ʿalayhimu l-rij'zu qālū yāmūsā ud'ʿu lanā rabbaka bimā ʿahida ʿindaka la-in kashafta ʿannā l-rij'za lanu'minanna laka walanur'silanna maʿaka banī is'rāīla

English And when the punishment descended upon them, they said, "O Moses, invoke for us your Lord by what He has promised you. If you [can] remove the punishment from us, we will surely believe you, and we will send with you the Children of Israel."

  1. وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
  2. وَقَعَwaqaʿafell
  3. عَلَيْهِمُʿalayhimuon them
  4. ٱلرِّجْزُl-rij'zuthe punishment
  5. قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
  6. يَـٰمُوسَىyāmūsāO Musa
  7. ٱدْعُud'ʿuInvoke
  8. لَنَاlanāfor us
  9. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  10. بِمَاbimāby what
  11. عَهِدَʿahidaHe has promised
  12. عِندَكَ ۖʿindakato you
  13. لَئِنla-inIf
  14. كَشَفْتَkashaftayou remove
  15. عَنَّاʿannāfrom us
  16. ٱلرِّجْزَl-rij'zathe punishment
  17. لَنُؤْمِنَنَّlanu'minannasurely, we will believe
  18. لَكَlaka[for] you
  19. وَلَنُرْسِلَنَّwalanur'silannaand surely, we will send
  20. مَعَكَmaʿakawith you
  21. بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children
  22. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(of) Israel

Verse 135

فَلَمَّا كَشَفْنَا عَنْهُمُ ٱلرِّجْزَ إِلَىٰٓ أَجَلٍ هُم بَـٰلِغُوهُ إِذَا هُمْ يَنكُثُونَ

Transliteration falammā kashafnā ʿanhumu l-rij'za ilā ajalin hum bālighūhu idhā hum yankuthūna

English But when We removed the punishment from them until a term which they were to reach, then at once they broke their word.

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāBut when
  2. كَشَفْنَاkashafnāWe removed
  3. عَنْهُمُʿanhumufrom them
  4. ٱلرِّجْزَl-rij'zathe punishment
  5. إِلَىٰٓilātill
  6. أَجَلٍajalina (fixed) term
  7. هُمhum(which) they
  8. بَـٰلِغُوهُbālighūhuwere to reach [it]
  9. إِذَاidhāthen
  10. هُمْhumthey
  11. يَنكُثُونَyankuthūnabroke (the word)

Verse 136

فَٱنتَقَمْنَا مِنْهُمْ فَأَغْرَقْنَـٰهُمْ فِى ٱلْيَمِّ بِأَنَّهُمْ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَكَانُوا۟ عَنْهَا غَـٰفِلِينَ

Transliteration fa-intaqamnā min'hum fa-aghraqnāhum fī l-yami bi-annahum kadhabū biāyātinā wakānū ʿanhā ghāfilīna

English So We took retribution from them, and We drowned them in the sea because they denied Our signs and were heedless of them.

  1. فَٱنتَقَمْنَاfa-intaqamnāSo We took retribution
  2. مِنْهُمْmin'humfrom them
  3. فَأَغْرَقْنَـٰهُمْfa-aghraqnāhumand We drowned them
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْيَمِّl-yamithe sea
  6. بِأَنَّهُمْbi-annahumbecause they
  7. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  8. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Signs
  9. وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand they were
  10. عَنْهَاʿanhāto them
  11. غَـٰفِلِينَghāfilīnaheedless

Verse 137

وَأَوْرَثْنَا ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَانُوا۟ يُسْتَضْعَفُونَ مَشَـٰرِقَ ٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَغَـٰرِبَهَا ٱلَّتِى بَـٰرَكْنَا فِيهَا ۖ وَتَمَّتْ كَلِمَتُ رَبِّكَ ٱلْحُسْنَىٰ عَلَىٰ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ بِمَا صَبَرُوا۟ ۖ وَدَمَّرْنَا مَا كَانَ يَصْنَعُ فِرْعَوْنُ وَقَوْمُهُۥ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْرِشُونَ

Transliteration wa-awrathnā l-qawma alladhīna kānū yus'taḍʿafūna mashāriqa l-arḍi wamaghāribahā allatī bāraknā fīhā watammat kalimatu rabbika l-ḥus'nā ʿalā banī is'rāīla bimā ṣabarū wadammarnā mā kāna yaṣnaʿu fir'ʿawnu waqawmuhu wamā kānū yaʿrishūna

English And We caused the people who had been oppressed to inherit the eastern regions of the land and the western ones, which We had blessed. And the good word [i.e., decree] of your Lord was fulfilled for the Children of Israel because of what they had patiently endured. And We destroyed [all] that Pharaoh and his people were producing and what they had been building.

  1. وَأَوْرَثْنَاwa-awrathnāAnd We made inheritors
  2. ٱلْقَوْمَl-qawmathe people
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. كَانُوا۟kānūwere
  5. يُسْتَضْعَفُونَyus'taḍʿafūnaconsidered weak
  6. مَشَـٰرِقَmashāriqa(the) eastern (parts)
  7. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍi(of) the land
  8. وَمَغَـٰرِبَهَاwamaghāribahāand the western (parts) of it
  9. ٱلَّتِىallatīwhich
  10. بَـٰرَكْنَاbāraknāWe blessed
  11. فِيهَا ۖfīhā[in it]
  12. وَتَمَّتْwatammatAnd was fulfilled
  13. كَلِمَتُkalimatu(the) word
  14. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  15. ٱلْحُسْنَىٰl-ḥus'nāthe best
  16. عَلَىٰʿalāfor
  17. بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children
  18. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(of) Israel
  19. بِمَاbimābecause
  20. صَبَرُوا۟ ۖṣabarūthey were patient
  21. وَدَمَّرْنَاwadammarnāAnd We destroyed
  22. مَاmāwhat
  23. كَانَkānaused to
  24. يَصْنَعُyaṣnaʿumake
  25. فِرْعَوْنُfir'ʿawnuFiraun
  26. وَقَوْمُهُۥwaqawmuhuand his people
  27. وَمَاwamāand what
  28. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  29. يَعْرِشُونَyaʿrishūnaerect

Verse 138

وَجَـٰوَزْنَا بِبَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ ٱلْبَحْرَ فَأَتَوْا۟ عَلَىٰ قَوْمٍ يَعْكُفُونَ عَلَىٰٓ أَصْنَامٍ لَّهُمْ ۚ قَالُوا۟ يَـٰمُوسَى ٱجْعَل لَّنَآ إِلَـٰهًا كَمَا لَهُمْ ءَالِهَةٌ ۚ قَالَ إِنَّكُمْ قَوْمٌ تَجْهَلُونَ

Transliteration wajāwaznā bibanī is'rāīla l-baḥra fa-ataw ʿalā qawmin yaʿkufūna ʿalā aṣnāmin lahum qālū yāmūsā ij'ʿal lanā ilāhan kamā lahum ālihatun qāla innakum qawmun tajhalūna

English And We took the Children of Israel across the sea; then they came upon a people intent in devotion to [some] idols of theirs. They [the Children of Israel] said, "O Moses, make for us a god just as they have gods." He said, "Indeed, you are a people behaving ignorantly.

  1. وَجَـٰوَزْنَاwajāwaznāAnd We led across
  2. بِبَنِىٓbibanī(the) Children
  3. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(of) Israel
  4. ٱلْبَحْرَl-baḥrathe sea
  5. فَأَتَوْا۟fa-atawThen they came
  6. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  7. قَوْمٍۢqawmina people
  8. يَعْكُفُونَyaʿkufūnadevoted
  9. عَلَىٰٓʿalāto
  10. أَصْنَامٍۢaṣnāminidols
  11. لَّهُمْ ۚlahumof theirs
  12. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  13. يَـٰمُوسَىyāmūsāO Musa
  14. ٱجْعَلij'ʿalMake
  15. لَّنَآlanāfor us
  16. إِلَـٰهًۭاilāhana god
  17. كَمَاkamālike what
  18. لَهُمْlahumthey have
  19. ءَالِهَةٌۭ ۚālihatungods
  20. قَالَqālaHe said
  21. إِنَّكُمْinnakumIndeed, you
  22. قَوْمٌۭqawmun(are) a people
  23. تَجْهَلُونَtajhalūnaignorant

Verse 139

إِنَّ هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ مُتَبَّرٌ مَّا هُمْ فِيهِ وَبَـٰطِلٌ مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration inna hāulāi mutabbarun mā hum fīhi wabāṭilun mā kānū yaʿmalūna

English Indeed, those [worshippers] - destroyed is that in which they are [engaged], and worthless is whatever they were doing."

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāithese
  3. مُتَبَّرٌۭmutabbarundestroyed
  4. مَّاmā(is) what
  5. هُمْhumthey
  6. فِيهِfīhi(are) in it
  7. وَبَـٰطِلٌۭwabāṭilunand vain
  8. مَّاmā(is) what
  9. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  10. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado

Verse 140

قَالَ أَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ أَبْغِيكُمْ إِلَـٰهًا وَهُوَ فَضَّلَكُمْ عَلَى ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration qāla aghayra l-lahi abghīkum ilāhan wahuwa faḍḍalakum ʿalā l-ʿālamīna

English He said, "Is it other than Allāh I should desire for you as a god while He has preferred you over the worlds?"

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. أَغَيْرَaghayraShould other than
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  4. أَبْغِيكُمْabghīkumI seek for you
  5. إِلَـٰهًۭاilāhana god
  6. وَهُوَwahuwawhile He
  7. فَضَّلَكُمْfaḍḍalakumhas preferred you
  8. عَلَىʿalāover
  9. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīnathe worlds

Verse 141

وَإِذْ أَنجَيْنَـٰكُم مِّنْ ءَالِ فِرْعَوْنَ يَسُومُونَكُمْ سُوٓءَ ٱلْعَذَابِ ۖ يُقَتِّلُونَ أَبْنَآءَكُمْ وَيَسْتَحْيُونَ نِسَآءَكُمْ ۚ وَفِى ذَٰلِكُم بَلَآءٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ عَظِيمٌ

Transliteration wa-idh anjaynākum min āli fir'ʿawna yasūmūnakum sūa l-ʿadhābi yuqattilūna abnāakum wayastaḥyūna nisāakum wafī dhālikum balāon min rabbikum ʿaẓīmun

English And [recall, O Children of Israel], when We saved you from the people of Pharaoh, [who were] afflicting you with the worst torment - killing your sons and keeping your women alive. And in that was a great trial from your Lord.

  1. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. أَنجَيْنَـٰكُمanjaynākumWe saved you
  3. مِّنْminfrom
  4. ءَالِāli(the) people
  5. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawna(of) Firaun
  6. يَسُومُونَكُمْyasūmūnakumwho were afflicting you
  7. سُوٓءَsūa(with) worst
  8. ٱلْعَذَابِ ۖl-ʿadhābi(of) torment
  9. يُقَتِّلُونَyuqattilūnathey were killing
  10. أَبْنَآءَكُمْabnāakumyour sons
  11. وَيَسْتَحْيُونَwayastaḥyūnaand letting live
  12. نِسَآءَكُمْ ۚnisāakumyour women
  13. وَفِىwafīAnd in
  14. ذَٰلِكُمdhālikumthat
  15. بَلَآءٌۭbalāon(was) a trial
  16. مِّنminfrom
  17. رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
  18. عَظِيمٌۭʿaẓīmungreat

Verse 142

۞ وَوَٰعَدْنَا مُوسَىٰ ثَلَـٰثِينَ لَيْلَةً وَأَتْمَمْنَـٰهَا بِعَشْرٍ فَتَمَّ مِيقَـٰتُ رَبِّهِۦٓ أَرْبَعِينَ لَيْلَةً ۚ وَقَالَ مُوسَىٰ لِأَخِيهِ هَـٰرُونَ ٱخْلُفْنِى فِى قَوْمِى وَأَصْلِحْ وَلَا تَتَّبِعْ سَبِيلَ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ

Transliteration wawāʿadnā mūsā thalāthīna laylatan wa-atmamnāhā biʿashrin fatamma mīqātu rabbihi arbaʿīna laylatan waqāla mūsā li-akhīhi hārūna ukh'luf'nī fī qawmī wa-aṣliḥ walā tattabiʿ sabīla l-muf'sidīna

English And We made an appointment with Moses for thirty nights and perfected them by [the addition of] ten; so the term of his Lord was completed as forty nights. And Moses said to his brother Aaron, "Take my place among my people, do right [by them], and do not follow the way of the corrupters."

  1. ۞ وَوَٰعَدْنَاwawāʿadnāAnd We appointed
  2. مُوسَىٰmūsā(for) Musa
  3. ثَلَـٰثِينَthalāthīnathirty
  4. لَيْلَةًۭlaylatannights
  5. وَأَتْمَمْنَـٰهَاwa-atmamnāhāand We completed them
  6. بِعَشْرٍۢbiʿashrinwith ten (more)
  7. فَتَمَّfatammaso was completed
  8. مِيقَـٰتُmīqātu(the) set term
  9. رَبِّهِۦٓrabbihi(of) his Lord
  10. أَرْبَعِينَarbaʿīna(of) forty
  11. لَيْلَةًۭ ۚlaylatannight(s)
  12. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
  13. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  14. لِأَخِيهِli-akhīhito his brother
  15. هَـٰرُونَhārūnaHarun
  16. ٱخْلُفْنِىukh'luf'nīTake my place
  17. فِىfīin
  18. قَوْمِىqawmīmy people
  19. وَأَصْلِحْwa-aṣliḥand do right
  20. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  21. تَتَّبِعْtattabiʿfollow
  22. سَبِيلَsabīla(the) way
  23. ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَl-muf'sidīna(of) the corrupters

Verse 143

وَلَمَّا جَآءَ مُوسَىٰ لِمِيقَـٰتِنَا وَكَلَّمَهُۥ رَبُّهُۥ قَالَ رَبِّ أَرِنِىٓ أَنظُرْ إِلَيْكَ ۚ قَالَ لَن تَرَىٰنِى وَلَـٰكِنِ ٱنظُرْ إِلَى ٱلْجَبَلِ فَإِنِ ٱسْتَقَرَّ مَكَانَهُۥ فَسَوْفَ تَرَىٰنِى ۚ فَلَمَّا تَجَلَّىٰ رَبُّهُۥ لِلْجَبَلِ جَعَلَهُۥ دَكًّا وَخَرَّ مُوسَىٰ صَعِقًا ۚ فَلَمَّآ أَفَاقَ قَالَ سُبْحَـٰنَكَ تُبْتُ إِلَيْكَ وَأَنَا۠ أَوَّلُ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration walammā jāa mūsā limīqātinā wakallamahu rabbuhu qāla rabbi arinī anẓur ilayka qāla lan tarānī walākini unẓur ilā l-jabali fa-ini is'taqarra makānahu fasawfa tarānī falammā tajallā rabbuhu lil'jabali jaʿalahu dakkan wakharra mūsā ṣaʿiqan falammā afāqa qāla sub'ḥānaka tub'tu ilayka wa-anā awwalu l-mu'minīna

English And when Moses arrived at Our appointed time and his Lord spoke to him, he said, "My Lord, show me [Yourself] that I may look at You." [Allāh] said, "You will not see Me, but look at the mountain; if it should remain in place, then you will see Me." But when his Lord appeared to the mountain, He rendered it level, and Moses fell unconscious. And when he awoke, he said, "Exalted are You! I have repented to You, and I am the first [among my people] of the believers."

  1. وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
  2. جَآءَjāacame
  3. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  4. لِمِيقَـٰتِنَاlimīqātināto Our appointed place
  5. وَكَلَّمَهُۥwakallamahuand spoke to him
  6. رَبُّهُۥrabbuhuhis Lord
  7. قَالَqālahe said
  8. رَبِّrabbiO my Lord
  9. أَرِنِىٓarinīShow me
  10. أَنظُرْanẓur(that) I may look
  11. إِلَيْكَ ۚilaykaat You
  12. قَالَqālaHe said
  13. لَنlanNever
  14. تَرَىٰنِىtarānīyou (can) see Me
  15. وَلَـٰكِنِwalākinibut
  16. ٱنظُرْunẓurlook
  17. إِلَىilāat
  18. ٱلْجَبَلِl-jabalithe mountain
  19. فَإِنِfa-ini[then] if
  20. ٱسْتَقَرَّis'taqarrait remains
  21. مَكَانَهُۥmakānahuin its place
  22. فَسَوْفَfasawfathen
  23. تَرَىٰنِى ۚtarānīyou (will) see Me
  24. فَلَمَّاfalammāBut when
  25. تَجَلَّىٰtajallārevealed (His) Glory
  26. رَبُّهُۥrabbuhuhis Lord
  27. لِلْجَبَلِlil'jabalito the mountain
  28. جَعَلَهُۥjaʿalahuHe made it
  29. دَكًّۭاdakkancrumbled to dust
  30. وَخَرَّwakharraand fell down
  31. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  32. صَعِقًۭا ۚṣaʿiqanunconscious
  33. فَلَمَّآfalammāAnd when
  34. أَفَاقَafāqahe recovered
  35. قَالَqālahe said
  36. سُبْحَـٰنَكَsub'ḥānakaGlory be to You
  37. تُبْتُtub'tuI turn (in repentance)
  38. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  39. وَأَنَا۠wa-anāand I am
  40. أَوَّلُawwalu(the) first
  41. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīna(of) the believers

Verse 144

قَالَ يَـٰمُوسَىٰٓ إِنِّى ٱصْطَفَيْتُكَ عَلَى ٱلنَّاسِ بِرِسَـٰلَـٰتِى وَبِكَلَـٰمِى فَخُذْ مَآ ءَاتَيْتُكَ وَكُن مِّنَ ٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَ

Transliteration qāla yāmūsā innī iṣ'ṭafaytuka ʿalā l-nāsi birisālātī wabikalāmī fakhudh mā ātaytuka wakun mina l-shākirīna

English [Allāh] said, "O Moses, I have chosen you over the people with My messages and My words [to you]. So take what I have given you and be among the grateful."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. يَـٰمُوسَىٰٓyāmūsāO Musa
  3. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  4. ٱصْطَفَيْتُكَiṣ'ṭafaytukahave chosen you
  5. عَلَىʿalāover
  6. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsithe people
  7. بِرِسَـٰلَـٰتِىbirisālātīwith My Messages
  8. وَبِكَلَـٰمِىwabikalāmīand with My words
  9. فَخُذْfakhudhSo take
  10. مَآmāwhat
  11. ءَاتَيْتُكَātaytukaI have given you
  12. وَكُنwakunand be
  13. مِّنَminaamong
  14. ٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَl-shākirīnathe grateful

Verse 145

وَكَتَبْنَا لَهُۥ فِى ٱلْأَلْوَاحِ مِن كُلِّ شَىْءٍ مَّوْعِظَةً وَتَفْصِيلًا لِّكُلِّ شَىْءٍ فَخُذْهَا بِقُوَّةٍ وَأْمُرْ قَوْمَكَ يَأْخُذُوا۟ بِأَحْسَنِهَا ۚ سَأُو۟رِيكُمْ دَارَ ٱلْفَـٰسِقِينَ

Transliteration wakatabnā lahu fī l-alwāḥi min kulli shayin mawʿiẓatan watafṣīlan likulli shayin fakhudh'hā biquwwatin wamur qawmaka yakhudhū bi-aḥsanihā sa-urīkum dāra l-fāsiqīna

English And We wrote for him on the tablets [something] of all things - instruction and explanation for all things, [saying], "Take them with determination and order your people to take the best of it. I will show you the home of the defiantly disobedient."

  1. وَكَتَبْنَاwakatabnāAnd We ordained (laws)
  2. لَهُۥlahufor him
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْأَلْوَاحِl-alwāḥithe tablets
  5. مِنminof
  6. كُلِّkullievery
  7. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  8. مَّوْعِظَةًۭmawʿiẓatanan instruction
  9. وَتَفْصِيلًۭاwatafṣīlanand explanation
  10. لِّكُلِّlikullifor every
  11. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  12. فَخُذْهَاfakhudh'hāSo take them
  13. بِقُوَّةٍۢbiquwwatinwith firmness
  14. وَأْمُرْwamurand order
  15. قَوْمَكَqawmakayour people
  16. يَأْخُذُوا۟yakhudhū(to) take
  17. بِأَحْسَنِهَا ۚbi-aḥsanihā(the) best of it
  18. سَأُو۟رِيكُمْsa-urīkumI will show you
  19. دَارَdāra(the) home
  20. ٱلْفَـٰسِقِينَl-fāsiqīna(of) the defiantly disobedient

Verse 146

سَأَصْرِفُ عَنْ ءَايَـٰتِىَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَكَبَّرُونَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ بِغَيْرِ ٱلْحَقِّ وَإِن يَرَوْا۟ كُلَّ ءَايَةٍ لَّا يُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِهَا وَإِن يَرَوْا۟ سَبِيلَ ٱلرُّشْدِ لَا يَتَّخِذُوهُ سَبِيلًا وَإِن يَرَوْا۟ سَبِيلَ ٱلْغَىِّ يَتَّخِذُوهُ سَبِيلًا ۚ ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَكَانُوا۟ عَنْهَا غَـٰفِلِينَ

Transliteration sa-aṣrifu ʿan āyātiya alladhīna yatakabbarūna fī l-arḍi bighayri l-ḥaqi wa-in yaraw kulla āyatin lā yu'minū bihā wa-in yaraw sabīla l-rush'di lā yattakhidhūhu sabīlan wa-in yaraw sabīla l-ghayi yattakhidhūhu sabīlan dhālika bi-annahum kadhabū biāyātinā wakānū ʿanhā ghāfilīna

English I will turn away from My signs those who are arrogant upon the earth without right; and if they should see every sign, they will not believe in it. And if they see the way of consciousness, they will not adopt it as a way; but if they see the way of error, they will adopt it as a way. That is because they have denied Our signs and they were heedless of them.

  1. سَأَصْرِفُsa-aṣrifuI will turn away
  2. عَنْʿanfrom
  3. ءَايَـٰتِىَāyātiyaMy Signs
  4. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  5. يَتَكَبَّرُونَyatakabbarūnaare arrogant
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  8. بِغَيْرِbighayriwithout
  9. ٱلْحَقِّl-ḥaqi[the] right
  10. وَإِنwa-inand if
  11. يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
  12. كُلَّkullaevery
  13. ءَايَةٍۢāyatinsign
  14. لَّاlānot
  15. يُؤْمِنُوا۟yu'minū(will) they believe
  16. بِهَاbihāin it
  17. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  18. يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
  19. سَبِيلَsabīla(the) way
  20. ٱلرُّشْدِl-rush'di(of) the righteousness
  21. لَاlānot
  22. يَتَّخِذُوهُyattakhidhūhu(will) they take it
  23. سَبِيلًۭاsabīlan(as) a way
  24. وَإِنwa-inbut if
  25. يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
  26. سَبِيلَsabīla(the) way
  27. ٱلْغَىِّl-ghayi(of) [the] error
  28. يَتَّخِذُوهُyattakhidhūhuthey will take it
  29. سَبِيلًۭا ۚsabīlan(as) a way
  30. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  31. بِأَنَّهُمْbi-annahum(is) because they
  32. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  33. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Signs
  34. وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand they were
  35. عَنْهَاʿanhāof them
  36. غَـٰفِلِينَghāfilīnaheedless

Verse 147

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَلِقَآءِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ حَبِطَتْ أَعْمَـٰلُهُمْ ۚ هَلْ يُجْزَوْنَ إِلَّا مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā waliqāi l-ākhirati ḥabiṭat aʿmāluhum hal yuj'zawna illā mā kānū yaʿmalūna

English Those who denied Our signs and the meeting of the Hereafter - their deeds have become worthless. Are they recompensed except for what they used to do?

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  3. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Signs
  4. وَلِقَآءِwaliqāiand (the) meeting
  5. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhirati(of) the Hereafter
  6. حَبِطَتْḥabiṭatworthless
  7. أَعْمَـٰلُهُمْ ۚaʿmāluhum(are) their deeds
  8. هَلْhalWill
  9. يُجْزَوْنَyuj'zawnathey be recompensed
  10. إِلَّاillāexcept
  11. مَاmā(for) what
  12. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  13. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado

Verse 148

وَٱتَّخَذَ قَوْمُ مُوسَىٰ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ مِنْ حُلِيِّهِمْ عِجْلًا جَسَدًا لَّهُۥ خُوَارٌ ۚ أَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ أَنَّهُۥ لَا يُكَلِّمُهُمْ وَلَا يَهْدِيهِمْ سَبِيلًا ۘ ٱتَّخَذُوهُ وَكَانُوا۟ ظَـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration wa-ittakhadha qawmu mūsā min baʿdihi min ḥuliyyihim ʿij'lan jasadan lahu khuwārun alam yaraw annahu lā yukallimuhum walā yahdīhim sabīlan ittakhadhūhu wakānū ẓālimīna

English And the people of Moses made, after [his departure], from their ornaments a calf - an image having a lowing sound. Did they not see that it could neither speak to them nor guide them to a way? They took it [for worship], and they were wrongdoers.

  1. وَٱتَّخَذَwa-ittakhadhaAnd took
  2. قَوْمُqawmu(the) people
  3. مُوسَىٰmūsā(of) Musa
  4. مِنۢminfrom
  5. بَعْدِهِۦbaʿdihiafter him
  6. مِنْminfrom
  7. حُلِيِّهِمْḥuliyyihimtheir ornaments
  8. عِجْلًۭاʿij'lana calf
  9. جَسَدًۭاjasadanan image
  10. لَّهُۥlahu[for] it
  11. خُوَارٌ ۚkhuwārun(had) a lowing sound
  12. أَلَمْalamDid not
  13. يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
  14. أَنَّهُۥannahuthat it
  15. لَاlā(could) not
  16. يُكَلِّمُهُمْyukallimuhumspeak to them
  17. وَلَاwalāand not
  18. يَهْدِيهِمْyahdīhimguide them
  19. سَبِيلًا ۘsabīlan(to) a way
  20. ٱتَّخَذُوهُittakhadhūhuThey took it (for worship)
  21. وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand they were
  22. ظَـٰلِمِينَẓālimīnawrongdoers

Verse 149

وَلَمَّا سُقِطَ فِىٓ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَرَأَوْا۟ أَنَّهُمْ قَدْ ضَلُّوا۟ قَالُوا۟ لَئِن لَّمْ يَرْحَمْنَا رَبُّنَا وَيَغْفِرْ لَنَا لَنَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَ

Transliteration walammā suqiṭa fī aydīhim wara-aw annahum qad ḍallū qālū la-in lam yarḥamnā rabbunā wayaghfir lanā lanakūnanna mina l-khāsirīna

English And when regret overcame them and they saw that they had gone astray, they said, "If our Lord does not have mercy upon us and forgive us, we will surely be among the losers."

  1. وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
  2. سُقِطَsuqiṭa(it was made to) fall
  3. فِىٓfīinto
  4. أَيْدِيهِمْaydīhimtheir hands
  5. وَرَأَوْا۟wara-awand they saw
  6. أَنَّهُمْannahumthat they
  7. قَدْqad(had) indeed
  8. ضَلُّوا۟ḍallūgone astray
  9. قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
  10. لَئِنla-inIf
  11. لَّمْlamnot
  12. يَرْحَمْنَاyarḥamnāhas Mercy on us
  13. رَبُّنَاrabbunāOur Lord
  14. وَيَغْفِرْwayaghfirand forgive
  15. لَنَاlanā[for] us
  16. لَنَكُونَنَّlanakūnannawe will surely be
  17. مِنَminaamong
  18. ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَl-khāsirīnathe losers

Verse 150

وَلَمَّا رَجَعَ مُوسَىٰٓ إِلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ غَضْبَـٰنَ أَسِفًا قَالَ بِئْسَمَا خَلَفْتُمُونِى مِنۢ بَعْدِىٓ ۖ أَعَجِلْتُمْ أَمْرَ رَبِّكُمْ ۖ وَأَلْقَى ٱلْأَلْوَاحَ وَأَخَذَ بِرَأْسِ أَخِيهِ يَجُرُّهُۥٓ إِلَيْهِ ۚ قَالَ ٱبْنَ أُمَّ إِنَّ ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱسْتَضْعَفُونِى وَكَادُوا۟ يَقْتُلُونَنِى فَلَا تُشْمِتْ بِىَ ٱلْأَعْدَآءَ وَلَا تَجْعَلْنِى مَعَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration walammā rajaʿa mūsā ilā qawmihi ghaḍbāna asifan qāla bi'samā khalaftumūnī min baʿdī aʿajil'tum amra rabbikum wa-alqā l-alwāḥa wa-akhadha birasi akhīhi yajurruhu ilayhi qāla ib'na umma inna l-qawma is'taḍʿafūnī wakādū yaqtulūnanī falā tush'mit biya l-aʿdāa walā tajʿalnī maʿa l-qawmi l-ẓālimīna

English And when Moses returned to his people, angry and grieved, he said, "How wretched is that by which you have replaced me after [my departure]. Were you impatient over the matter of your Lord?" And he threw down the tablets and seized his brother by [the hair of] his head, pulling him toward him. [Aaron] said, "O son of my mother, indeed the people overpowered me and were about to kill me, so let not the enemies rejoice over me and do not place me among the wrongdoing people."

  1. وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
  2. رَجَعَrajaʿareturned
  3. مُوسَىٰٓmūsāMusa
  4. إِلَىٰilāto
  5. قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
  6. غَضْبَـٰنَghaḍbānaangry
  7. أَسِفًۭاasifanand grieved
  8. قَالَqālahe said
  9. بِئْسَمَاbi'samāEvil is what
  10. خَلَفْتُمُونِىkhalaftumūnīyou have done in my place
  11. مِنۢminfrom
  12. بَعْدِىٓ ۖbaʿdīafter me
  13. أَعَجِلْتُمْaʿajil'tumWere you impatient
  14. أَمْرَamra(over the) matter
  15. رَبِّكُمْ ۖrabbikum(of) your Lord
  16. وَأَلْقَىwa-alqāAnd he cast down
  17. ٱلْأَلْوَاحَl-alwāḥathe tablets
  18. وَأَخَذَwa-akhadhaand seized
  19. بِرَأْسِbirasiby head
  20. أَخِيهِakhīhihis brother
  21. يَجُرُّهُۥٓyajurruhudragging him
  22. إِلَيْهِ ۚilayhito himself
  23. قَالَqālaHe said
  24. ٱبْنَib'naO son
  25. أُمَّumma(of) my mother
  26. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  27. ٱلْقَوْمَl-qawmathe people
  28. ٱسْتَضْعَفُونِىis'taḍʿafūnīconsidered me weak
  29. وَكَادُوا۟wakādūand were about to
  30. يَقْتُلُونَنِىyaqtulūnanīkill me
  31. فَلَاfalāSo (let) not
  32. تُشْمِتْtush'mitrejoice
  33. بِىَbiyaover me
  34. ٱلْأَعْدَآءَl-aʿdāathe enemies
  35. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  36. تَجْعَلْنِىtajʿalnīplace me
  37. مَعَmaʿawith
  38. ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmithe people
  39. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīna(who are) wrongdoing

Verse 151

قَالَ رَبِّ ٱغْفِرْ لِى وَلِأَخِى وَأَدْخِلْنَا فِى رَحْمَتِكَ ۖ وَأَنتَ أَرْحَمُ ٱلرَّٰحِمِينَ

Transliteration qāla rabbi igh'fir lī wali-akhī wa-adkhil'nā fī raḥmatika wa-anta arḥamu l-rāḥimīna

English [Moses] said, "My Lord, forgive me and my brother and admit us into Your mercy, for You are the most merciful of the merciful."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبِّrabbiO my Lord
  3. ٱغْفِرْigh'firForgive
  4. لِىlīme
  5. وَلِأَخِىwali-akhīand my brother
  6. وَأَدْخِلْنَاwa-adkhil'nāand admit us
  7. فِىfīinto
  8. رَحْمَتِكَ ۖraḥmatikaYour Mercy
  9. وَأَنتَwa-antafor You
  10. أَرْحَمُarḥamu(are) the Most Merciful
  11. ٱلرَّٰحِمِينَl-rāḥimīna(of) the merciful

Verse 152

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ ٱلْعِجْلَ سَيَنَالُهُمْ غَضَبٌ مِّن رَّبِّهِمْ وَذِلَّةٌ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُفْتَرِينَ

Transliteration inna alladhīna ittakhadhū l-ʿij'la sayanāluhum ghaḍabun min rabbihim wadhillatun fī l-ḥayati l-dun'yā wakadhālika najzī l-muf'tarīna

English Indeed, those who took the calf [for worship] will obtain anger from their Lord and humiliation in the life of this world, and thus do We recompense the inventors [of falsehood].

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ittakhadhūtook
  4. ٱلْعِجْلَl-ʿij'lathe calf
  5. سَيَنَالُهُمْsayanāluhumwill reach them
  6. غَضَبٌۭghaḍabunwrath
  7. مِّنminfrom
  8. رَّبِّهِمْrabbihimtheir Lord
  9. وَذِلَّةٌۭwadhillatunand humiliation
  10. فِىfīin
  11. ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayatithe life
  12. ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚl-dun'yā(of) the world
  13. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  14. نَجْزِىnajzīWe recompense
  15. ٱلْمُفْتَرِينَl-muf'tarīnathe ones who invent (falsehood)

Verse 153

وَٱلَّذِينَ عَمِلُوا۟ ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ ثُمَّ تَابُوا۟ مِنۢ بَعْدِهَا وَءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهَا لَغَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna ʿamilū l-sayiāti thumma tābū min baʿdihā waāmanū inna rabbaka min baʿdihā laghafūrun raḥīmun

English But those who committed misdeeds and then repented after them and believed - indeed your Lord, thereafter, is Forgiving and Merciful.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. عَمِلُوا۟ʿamilūdo
  3. ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِl-sayiātithe evil deeds
  4. ثُمَّthummathen
  5. تَابُوا۟tābūrepented
  6. مِنۢminfrom
  7. بَعْدِهَاbaʿdihāafter that
  8. وَءَامَنُوٓا۟waāmanūand believed
  9. إِنَّinnaindeed
  10. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  11. مِنۢminfrom
  12. بَعْدِهَاbaʿdihāafter that
  13. لَغَفُورٌۭlaghafūrun(is) surely Oft-Forgiving
  14. رَّحِيمٌۭraḥīmunMost Merciful

Verse 154

وَلَمَّا سَكَتَ عَن مُّوسَى ٱلْغَضَبُ أَخَذَ ٱلْأَلْوَاحَ ۖ وَفِى نُسْخَتِهَا هُدًى وَرَحْمَةٌ لِّلَّذِينَ هُمْ لِرَبِّهِمْ يَرْهَبُونَ

Transliteration walammā sakata ʿan mūsā l-ghaḍabu akhadha l-alwāḥa wafī nus'khatihā hudan waraḥmatun lilladhīna hum lirabbihim yarhabūna

English And when the anger subsided in Moses, he took up the tablets; and in their inscription was guidance and mercy for those who are fearful of their Lord.

  1. وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
  2. سَكَتَsakatawas calmed
  3. عَنʿanfrom
  4. مُّوسَىmūsāMusa
  5. ٱلْغَضَبُl-ghaḍabuthe anger
  6. أَخَذَakhadhahe took (up)
  7. ٱلْأَلْوَاحَ ۖl-alwāḥathe tablets
  8. وَفِىwafīand in
  9. نُسْخَتِهَاnus'khatihātheir inscription
  10. هُدًۭىhudan(was) guidance
  11. وَرَحْمَةٌۭwaraḥmatunand mercy
  12. لِّلَّذِينَlilladhīnafor those who
  13. هُمْhum[they]
  14. لِرَبِّهِمْlirabbihimof their Lord
  15. يَرْهَبُونَyarhabūna(are) fearful

Verse 155

وَٱخْتَارَ مُوسَىٰ قَوْمَهُۥ سَبْعِينَ رَجُلًا لِّمِيقَـٰتِنَا ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَخَذَتْهُمُ ٱلرَّجْفَةُ قَالَ رَبِّ لَوْ شِئْتَ أَهْلَكْتَهُم مِّن قَبْلُ وَإِيَّـٰىَ ۖ أَتُهْلِكُنَا بِمَا فَعَلَ ٱلسُّفَهَآءُ مِنَّآ ۖ إِنْ هِىَ إِلَّا فِتْنَتُكَ تُضِلُّ بِهَا مَن تَشَآءُ وَتَهْدِى مَن تَشَآءُ ۖ أَنتَ وَلِيُّنَا فَٱغْفِرْ لَنَا وَٱرْحَمْنَا ۖ وَأَنتَ خَيْرُ ٱلْغَـٰفِرِينَ

Transliteration wa-ikh'tāra mūsā qawmahu sabʿīna rajulan limīqātinā falammā akhadhathumu l-rajfatu qāla rabbi law shi'ta ahlaktahum min qablu wa-iyyāya atuh'likunā bimā faʿala l-sufahāu minnā in hiya illā fit'natuka tuḍillu bihā man tashāu watahdī man tashāu anta waliyyunā fa-igh'fir lanā wa-ir'ḥamnā wa-anta khayru l-ghāfirīna

English And Moses chose from his people seventy men for Our appointment. And when the earthquake seized them, he said, "My Lord, if You had willed, You could have destroyed them before and me [as well]. Would You destroy us for what the foolish among us have done? This is not but Your trial by which You send astray whom You will and guide whom You will. You are our Protector, so forgive us and have mercy upon us; and You are the best of forgivers.

  1. وَٱخْتَارَwa-ikh'tāraAnd chose
  2. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  3. قَوْمَهُۥqawmahu(from) his people
  4. سَبْعِينَsabʿīnaseventy
  5. رَجُلًۭاrajulanmen
  6. لِّمِيقَـٰتِنَا ۖlimīqātināfor Our appointment
  7. فَلَمَّآfalammāThen when
  8. أَخَذَتْهُمُakhadhathumuseized them
  9. ٱلرَّجْفَةُl-rajfatuthe earthquake
  10. قَالَqālahe said
  11. رَبِّrabbiO my Lord
  12. لَوْlawIf
  13. شِئْتَshi'tayou (had) willed
  14. أَهْلَكْتَهُمahlaktahumYou (could) have destroyed them
  15. مِّنminfrom
  16. قَبْلُqablubefore
  17. وَإِيَّـٰىَ ۖwa-iyyāyaand me
  18. أَتُهْلِكُنَاatuh'likunāWould You destroy us
  19. بِمَاbimāfor what
  20. فَعَلَfaʿaladid
  21. ٱلسُّفَهَآءُl-sufahāuthe foolish
  22. مِنَّآ ۖminnāamong us
  23. إِنْinNot
  24. هِىَhiyait (was)
  25. إِلَّاillābut
  26. فِتْنَتُكَfit'natukaYour trial
  27. تُضِلُّtuḍilluYou let go astray
  28. بِهَاbihāby it
  29. مَنmanwhom
  30. تَشَآءُtashāuYou will
  31. وَتَهْدِىwatahdīand You guide
  32. مَنmanwhom
  33. تَشَآءُ ۖtashāuYou will
  34. أَنتَantaYou
  35. وَلِيُّنَاwaliyyunā(are) our Protector
  36. فَٱغْفِرْfa-igh'firso forgive
  37. لَنَاlanāus
  38. وَٱرْحَمْنَا ۖwa-ir'ḥamnāand have mercy upon us
  39. وَأَنتَwa-antaand You
  40. خَيْرُkhayru(are) Best
  41. ٱلْغَـٰفِرِينَl-ghāfirīna(of) Forgivers

Verse 156

۞ وَٱكْتُبْ لَنَا فِى هَـٰذِهِ ٱلدُّنْيَا حَسَنَةً وَفِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ إِنَّا هُدْنَآ إِلَيْكَ ۚ قَالَ عَذَابِىٓ أُصِيبُ بِهِۦ مَنْ أَشَآءُ ۖ وَرَحْمَتِى وَسِعَتْ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ ۚ فَسَأَكْتُبُهَا لِلَّذِينَ يَتَّقُونَ وَيُؤْتُونَ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَٱلَّذِينَ هُم بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration wa-uk'tub lanā fī hādhihi l-dun'yā ḥasanatan wafī l-ākhirati innā hud'nā ilayka qāla ʿadhābī uṣību bihi man ashāu waraḥmatī wasiʿat kulla shayin fasa-aktubuhā lilladhīna yattaqūna wayu'tūna l-zakata wa-alladhīna hum biāyātinā yu'minūna

English And decree for us in this world [that which is] good and [also] in the Hereafter; indeed, we have turned back to You." [Allāh] said, "My punishment - I afflict with it whom I will, but My mercy encompasses all things." So I will decree it [especially] for those who fear Me and give zakāh and those who believe in Our verses-

  1. ۞ وَٱكْتُبْwa-uk'tubAnd ordain
  2. لَنَاlanāfor us
  3. فِىfīin
  4. هَـٰذِهِhādhihithis
  5. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā[the] world
  6. حَسَنَةًۭḥasanatangood
  7. وَفِىwafīand in
  8. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhiratithe Hereafter
  9. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  10. هُدْنَآhud'nāwe have turned
  11. إِلَيْكَ ۚilaykato You
  12. قَالَqālaHe said
  13. عَذَابِىٓʿadhābīMy punishment
  14. أُصِيبُuṣībuI afflict
  15. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  16. مَنْmanwhom
  17. أَشَآءُ ۖashāuI will
  18. وَرَحْمَتِىwaraḥmatībut My Mercy
  19. وَسِعَتْwasiʿatencompasses
  20. كُلَّkullaevery
  21. شَىْءٍۢ ۚshayinthing
  22. فَسَأَكْتُبُهَاfasa-aktubuhāSo I will ordain it
  23. لِلَّذِينَlilladhīnafor those who
  24. يَتَّقُونَyattaqūna(are) righteous
  25. وَيُؤْتُونَwayu'tūnaand give
  26. ٱلزَّكَوٰةَl-zakatazakah
  27. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaand those who
  28. هُمhum[they]
  29. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināin Our Verses
  30. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnathey believe

Verse 157

ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَّبِعُونَ ٱلرَّسُولَ ٱلنَّبِىَّ ٱلْأُمِّىَّ ٱلَّذِى يَجِدُونَهُۥ مَكْتُوبًا عِندَهُمْ فِى ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةِ وَٱلْإِنجِيلِ يَأْمُرُهُم بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَيَنْهَىٰهُمْ عَنِ ٱلْمُنكَرِ وَيُحِلُّ لَهُمُ ٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتِ وَيُحَرِّمُ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْخَبَـٰٓئِثَ وَيَضَعُ عَنْهُمْ إِصْرَهُمْ وَٱلْأَغْلَـٰلَ ٱلَّتِى كَانَتْ عَلَيْهِمْ ۚ فَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِهِۦ وَعَزَّرُوهُ وَنَصَرُوهُ وَٱتَّبَعُوا۟ ٱلنُّورَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أُنزِلَ مَعَهُۥٓ ۙ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَ

Transliteration alladhīna yattabiʿūna l-rasūla l-nabiya l-umiya alladhī yajidūnahu maktūban ʿindahum fī l-tawrāti wal-injīli yamuruhum bil-maʿrūfi wayanhāhum ʿani l-munkari wayuḥillu lahumu l-ṭayibāti wayuḥarrimu ʿalayhimu l-khabāitha wayaḍaʿu ʿanhum iṣ'rahum wal-aghlāla allatī kānat ʿalayhim fa-alladhīna āmanū bihi waʿazzarūhu wanaṣarūhu wa-ittabaʿū l-nūra alladhī unzila maʿahu ulāika humu l-muf'liḥūna

English Those who follow the Messenger, the unlettered prophet, whom they find written [i.e., described] in what they have of the Torah and the Gospel, who enjoins upon them what is right and prohibits them from what is wrong and makes lawful for them what is good and forbids them from what is evil and relieves them of their burden and the shackles which were upon them. So they who have believed in him, honored him, supported him and followed the light which was sent down with him - it is those who will be the successful.

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  2. يَتَّبِعُونَyattabiʿūnafollow
  3. ٱلرَّسُولَl-rasūlathe Messenger
  4. ٱلنَّبِىَّl-nabiyathe Prophet
  5. ٱلْأُمِّىَّl-umiyathe unlettered
  6. ٱلَّذِىalladhīwhom
  7. يَجِدُونَهُۥyajidūnahuthey find him
  8. مَكْتُوبًاmaktūbanwritten
  9. عِندَهُمْʿindahumwith them
  10. فِىfīin
  11. ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةِl-tawrātithe Taurat
  12. وَٱلْإِنجِيلِwal-injīliand the Injeel
  13. يَأْمُرُهُمyamuruhumHe commands them
  14. بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِbil-maʿrūfito the right
  15. وَيَنْهَىٰهُمْwayanhāhumand forbids them
  16. عَنِʿanifrom
  17. ٱلْمُنكَرِl-munkarithe wrong
  18. وَيُحِلُّwayuḥilluand he makes lawful
  19. لَهُمُlahumufor them
  20. ٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتِl-ṭayibātithe pure things
  21. وَيُحَرِّمُwayuḥarrimuand makes unlawful
  22. عَلَيْهِمُʿalayhimufor them
  23. ٱلْخَبَـٰٓئِثَl-khabāithathe impure things
  24. وَيَضَعُwayaḍaʿuand he relieves
  25. عَنْهُمْʿanhumfrom them
  26. إِصْرَهُمْiṣ'rahumtheir burden
  27. وَٱلْأَغْلَـٰلَwal-aghlālaand the fetters
  28. ٱلَّتِىallatīwhich
  29. كَانَتْkānatwere
  30. عَلَيْهِمْ ۚʿalayhimupon them
  31. فَٱلَّذِينَfa-alladhīnaSo those who
  32. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  33. بِهِۦbihiin him
  34. وَعَزَّرُوهُwaʿazzarūhuand honor him
  35. وَنَصَرُوهُwanaṣarūhuand help him
  36. وَٱتَّبَعُوا۟wa-ittabaʿūand follow
  37. ٱلنُّورَl-nūrathe light
  38. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhīwhich
  39. أُنزِلَunzilahas been sent down
  40. مَعَهُۥٓ ۙmaʿahuwith him
  41. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose (are)
  42. هُمُhumu[they]
  43. ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَl-muf'liḥūnathe successful ones

Verse 158

قُلْ يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ إِنِّى رَسُولُ ٱللَّهِ إِلَيْكُمْ جَمِيعًا ٱلَّذِى لَهُۥ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ لَآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ يُحْىِۦ وَيُمِيتُ ۖ فَـَٔامِنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِ ٱلنَّبِىِّ ٱلْأُمِّىِّ ٱلَّذِى يُؤْمِنُ بِٱللَّهِ وَكَلِمَـٰتِهِۦ وَٱتَّبِعُوهُ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَهْتَدُونَ

Transliteration qul yāayyuhā l-nāsu innī rasūlu l-lahi ilaykum jamīʿan alladhī lahu mul'ku l-samāwāti wal-arḍi lā ilāha illā huwa yuḥ'yī wayumītu faāminū bil-lahi warasūlihi l-nabiyi l-umiyi alladhī yu'minu bil-lahi wakalimātihi wa-ittabiʿūhu laʿallakum tahtadūna

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "O mankind, indeed I am the Messenger of Allāh to you all, [from Him] to whom belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth. There is no deity except Him; He gives life and causes death." So believe in Allāh and His Messenger, the unlettered prophet, who believes in Allāh and His words, and follow him that you may be guided.

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO
  3. ٱلنَّاسُl-nāsumankind
  4. إِنِّىinnīIndeed I am
  5. رَسُولُrasūlu(the) Messenger
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  7. إِلَيْكُمْilaykumto you
  8. جَمِيعًاjamīʿanall
  9. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One
  10. لَهُۥlahufor Whom
  11. مُلْكُmul'ku(is the) dominion
  12. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  13. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖwal-arḍiand the earth
  14. لَآlā(There is) no
  15. إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
  16. إِلَّاillāexcept
  17. هُوَhuwaHim
  18. يُحْىِۦyuḥ'yīHe gives life
  19. وَيُمِيتُ ۖwayumītuand causes death
  20. فَـَٔامِنُوا۟faāminūSo believe
  21. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiin Allah
  22. وَرَسُولِهِwarasūlihiand His Messenger
  23. ٱلنَّبِىِّl-nabiyithe Prophet
  24. ٱلْأُمِّىِّl-umiyithe unlettered
  25. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe one who
  26. يُؤْمِنُyu'minubelieves
  27. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiin Allah
  28. وَكَلِمَـٰتِهِۦwakalimātihiand His Words
  29. وَٱتَّبِعُوهُwa-ittabiʿūhuand follow him
  30. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  31. تَهْتَدُونَtahtadūna(be) guided

Verse 159

وَمِن قَوْمِ مُوسَىٰٓ أُمَّةٌ يَهْدُونَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَبِهِۦ يَعْدِلُونَ

Transliteration wamin qawmi mūsā ummatun yahdūna bil-ḥaqi wabihi yaʿdilūna

English And among the people of Moses is a community which guides by truth and by it establishes justice.

  1. وَمِنwaminAnd among
  2. قَوْمِqawmi(the) people
  3. مُوسَىٰٓmūsā(of) Musa
  4. أُمَّةٌۭummatun(is) a community
  5. يَهْدُونَyahdūna(which) guides
  6. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiwith truth
  7. وَبِهِۦwabihiand by it
  8. يَعْدِلُونَyaʿdilūnaestablishes justice

Verse 160

وَقَطَّعْنَـٰهُمُ ٱثْنَتَىْ عَشْرَةَ أَسْبَاطًا أُمَمًا ۚ وَأَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَىٰ مُوسَىٰٓ إِذِ ٱسْتَسْقَىٰهُ قَوْمُهُۥٓ أَنِ ٱضْرِب بِّعَصَاكَ ٱلْحَجَرَ ۖ فَٱنۢبَجَسَتْ مِنْهُ ٱثْنَتَا عَشْرَةَ عَيْنًا ۖ قَدْ عَلِمَ كُلُّ أُنَاسٍ مَّشْرَبَهُمْ ۚ وَظَلَّلْنَا عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْغَمَـٰمَ وَأَنزَلْنَا عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْمَنَّ وَٱلسَّلْوَىٰ ۖ كُلُوا۟ مِن طَيِّبَـٰتِ مَا رَزَقْنَـٰكُمْ ۚ وَمَا ظَلَمُونَا وَلَـٰكِن كَانُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ يَظْلِمُونَ

Transliteration waqaṭṭaʿnāhumu ith'natay ʿashrata asbāṭan umaman wa-awḥaynā ilā mūsā idhi is'tasqāhu qawmuhu ani iḍ'rib biʿaṣāka l-ḥajara fa-inbajasat min'hu ith'natā ʿashrata ʿaynan qad ʿalima kullu unāsin mashrabahum waẓallalnā ʿalayhimu l-ghamāma wa-anzalnā ʿalayhimu l-mana wal-salwā kulū min ṭayyibāti mā razaqnākum wamā ẓalamūnā walākin kānū anfusahum yaẓlimūna

English And We divided them into twelve descendant tribes [as distinct] nations. And We inspired to Moses when his people implored him for water, "Strike with your staff the stone," and there gushed forth from it twelve springs. Every people [i.e., tribe] knew its watering place. And We shaded them with clouds and sent down upon them manna and quails, [saying], "Eat from the good things with which We have provided you." And they wronged Us not, but they were [only] wronging themselves.

  1. وَقَطَّعْنَـٰهُمُwaqaṭṭaʿnāhumuAnd We divided them
  2. ٱثْنَتَىْith'natay(into) two
  3. عَشْرَةَʿashrata(and) ten [i.e. twelve]
  4. أَسْبَاطًاasbāṭantribes
  5. أُمَمًۭا ۚumaman(as) communities
  6. وَأَوْحَيْنَآwa-awḥaynāAnd We inspired
  7. إِلَىٰilāto
  8. مُوسَىٰٓmūsāMusa
  9. إِذِidhiwhen
  10. ٱسْتَسْقَىٰهُis'tasqāhuasked him for water
  11. قَوْمُهُۥٓqawmuhuhis people
  12. أَنِani[that]
  13. ٱضْرِبiḍ'ribStrike
  14. بِّعَصَاكَbiʿaṣākawith your staff
  15. ٱلْحَجَرَ ۖl-ḥajarathe stone
  16. فَٱنۢبَجَسَتْfa-inbajasatThen gushed forth
  17. مِنْهُmin'hufrom it
  18. ٱثْنَتَاith'natātwo
  19. عَشْرَةَʿashrata(and) ten [i.e. twelve]
  20. عَيْنًۭا ۖʿaynansprings
  21. قَدْqadCertainly
  22. عَلِمَʿalimaknew
  23. كُلُّkullueach
  24. أُنَاسٍۢunāsinpeople
  25. مَّشْرَبَهُمْ ۚmashrabahumtheir drinking place
  26. وَظَلَّلْنَاwaẓallalnāAnd We shaded
  27. عَلَيْهِمُʿalayhimu[on] them
  28. ٱلْغَمَـٰمَl-ghamāma(with) the clouds
  29. وَأَنزَلْنَاwa-anzalnāand We sent down
  30. عَلَيْهِمُʿalayhimuupon them
  31. ٱلْمَنَّl-manathe manna
  32. وَٱلسَّلْوَىٰ ۖwal-salwāand the quails
  33. كُلُوا۟kulūEat
  34. مِنminfrom
  35. طَيِّبَـٰتِṭayyibāti(the) good things
  36. مَاmāwhich
  37. رَزَقْنَـٰكُمْ ۚrazaqnākumWe have provided you
  38. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  39. ظَلَمُونَاẓalamūnāthey wronged Us
  40. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinbut
  41. كَانُوٓا۟kānūthey were
  42. أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahum(to) themselves
  43. يَظْلِمُونَyaẓlimūnadoing wrong

Verse 161

وَإِذْ قِيلَ لَهُمُ ٱسْكُنُوا۟ هَـٰذِهِ ٱلْقَرْيَةَ وَكُلُوا۟ مِنْهَا حَيْثُ شِئْتُمْ وَقُولُوا۟ حِطَّةٌ وَٱدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْبَابَ سُجَّدًا نَّغْفِرْ لَكُمْ خَطِيٓـَٔـٰتِكُمْ ۚ سَنَزِيدُ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Transliteration wa-idh qīla lahumu us'kunū hādhihi l-qaryata wakulū min'hā ḥaythu shi'tum waqūlū ḥiṭṭatun wa-ud'khulū l-bāba sujjadan naghfir lakum khaṭīātikum sanazīdu l-muḥ'sinīna

English And [mention, O Muḥammad], when it was said to them, "Dwell in this city [i.e., Jerusalem] and eat from it wherever you will and say, 'Relieve us of our burdens [i.e., sins],' and enter the gate bowing humbly; We will [then] forgive you your sins. We will increase the doers of good [in goodness and reward]."

  1. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. قِيلَqīlait was said
  3. لَهُمُlahumuto them
  4. ٱسْكُنُوا۟us'kunūLive
  5. هَـٰذِهِhādhihi(in) this
  6. ٱلْقَرْيَةَl-qaryatacity
  7. وَكُلُوا۟wakulūand eat
  8. مِنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
  9. حَيْثُḥaythuwherever
  10. شِئْتُمْshi'tumyou wish
  11. وَقُولُوا۟waqūlūand say
  12. حِطَّةٌۭḥiṭṭatunRepentance
  13. وَٱدْخُلُوا۟wa-ud'khulūand enter
  14. ٱلْبَابَl-bābathe gate
  15. سُجَّدًۭاsujjadanprostrating
  16. نَّغْفِرْnaghfirWe will forgive
  17. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  18. خَطِيٓـَٔـٰتِكُمْ ۚkhaṭīātikumyour sins
  19. سَنَزِيدُsanazīduWe will increase (reward)
  20. ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīna(of) the good-doers

Verse 162

فَبَدَّلَ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ قَوْلًا غَيْرَ ٱلَّذِى قِيلَ لَهُمْ فَأَرْسَلْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ رِجْزًا مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَظْلِمُونَ

Transliteration fabaddala alladhīna ẓalamū min'hum qawlan ghayra alladhī qīla lahum fa-arsalnā ʿalayhim rij'zan mina l-samāi bimā kānū yaẓlimūna

English But those who wronged among them changed [the words] to a statement other than that which had been said to them. So We sent upon them a punishment from the sky for the wrong that they were doing.

  1. فَبَدَّلَfabaddalaBut changed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ظَلَمُوا۟ẓalamūwronged
  4. مِنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  5. قَوْلًاqawlanword
  6. غَيْرَghayraother than
  7. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(that) which
  8. قِيلَqīlawas said
  9. لَهُمْlahumto them
  10. فَأَرْسَلْنَاfa-arsalnāSo We sent
  11. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimupon them
  12. رِجْزًۭاrij'zantorment
  13. مِّنَminafrom
  14. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  15. بِمَاbimābecause
  16. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  17. يَظْلِمُونَyaẓlimūnadoing wrong

Verse 163

وَسْـَٔلْهُمْ عَنِ ٱلْقَرْيَةِ ٱلَّتِى كَانَتْ حَاضِرَةَ ٱلْبَحْرِ إِذْ يَعْدُونَ فِى ٱلسَّبْتِ إِذْ تَأْتِيهِمْ حِيتَانُهُمْ يَوْمَ سَبْتِهِمْ شُرَّعًا وَيَوْمَ لَا يَسْبِتُونَ ۙ لَا تَأْتِيهِمْ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ نَبْلُوهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْسُقُونَ

Transliteration wasalhum ʿani l-qaryati allatī kānat ḥāḍirata l-baḥri idh yaʿdūna fī l-sabti idh tatīhim ḥītānuhum yawma sabtihim shurraʿan wayawma lā yasbitūna lā tatīhim kadhālika nablūhum bimā kānū yafsuqūna

English And ask them about the town that was by the sea - when they transgressed in [the matter of] the sabbath - when their fish came to them openly on their sabbath day, and the day they had no sabbath they did not come to them. Thus did We give them trial because they were defiantly disobedient.

  1. وَسْـَٔلْهُمْwasalhumAnd ask them
  2. عَنِʿaniabout
  3. ٱلْقَرْيَةِl-qaryatithe town
  4. ٱلَّتِىallatīwhich
  5. كَانَتْkānatwas
  6. حَاضِرَةَḥāḍiratasituated
  7. ٱلْبَحْرِl-baḥri(by) the sea
  8. إِذْidhwhen
  9. يَعْدُونَyaʿdūnathey transgressed
  10. فِىfīin
  11. ٱلسَّبْتِl-sabtithe (matter of) Sabbath
  12. إِذْidhwhen
  13. تَأْتِيهِمْtatīhimcame to them
  14. حِيتَانُهُمْḥītānuhumtheir fish
  15. يَوْمَyawma(on the) day
  16. سَبْتِهِمْsabtihim(of) their Sabbath
  17. شُرَّعًۭاshurraʿanvisibly
  18. وَيَوْمَwayawmaand (on the) day
  19. لَاlānot
  20. يَسْبِتُونَ ۙyasbitūnathey had Sabbath
  21. لَاlā(they did) not
  22. تَأْتِيهِمْ ۚtatīhimcome to them
  23. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  24. نَبْلُوهُمnablūhumWe test them
  25. بِمَاbimābecause
  26. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  27. يَفْسُقُونَyafsuqūnadefiantly disobeying

Verse 164

وَإِذْ قَالَتْ أُمَّةٌ مِّنْهُمْ لِمَ تَعِظُونَ قَوْمًا ۙ ٱللَّهُ مُهْلِكُهُمْ أَوْ مُعَذِّبُهُمْ عَذَابًا شَدِيدًا ۖ قَالُوا۟ مَعْذِرَةً إِلَىٰ رَبِّكُمْ وَلَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration wa-idh qālat ummatun min'hum lima taʿiẓūna qawman l-lahu muh'likuhum aw muʿadhibuhum ʿadhāban shadīdan qālū maʿdhiratan ilā rabbikum walaʿallahum yattaqūna

English And when a community among them said, "Why do you advise [or warn] a people whom Allāh is [about] to destroy or to punish with a severe punishment?" they [the advisors] said, "To be absolved before your Lord and perhaps they may fear Him."

  1. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. قَالَتْqālatsaid
  3. أُمَّةٌۭummatuna community
  4. مِّنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  5. لِمَlimaWhy
  6. تَعِظُونَtaʿiẓūna(do) you preach
  7. قَوْمًا ۙqawmana people
  8. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(whom) Allah
  9. مُهْلِكُهُمْmuh'likuhum(is going to) destroy them
  10. أَوْawor
  11. مُعَذِّبُهُمْmuʿadhibuhumpunish them
  12. عَذَابًۭاʿadhāban(with) a punishment
  13. شَدِيدًۭا ۖshadīdansevere
  14. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  15. مَعْذِرَةًmaʿdhiratanTo be absolved
  16. إِلَىٰilābefore
  17. رَبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
  18. وَلَعَلَّهُمْwalaʿallahumand that they may
  19. يَتَّقُونَyattaqūnabecome righteous

Verse 165

فَلَمَّا نَسُوا۟ مَا ذُكِّرُوا۟ بِهِۦٓ أَنجَيْنَا ٱلَّذِينَ يَنْهَوْنَ عَنِ ٱلسُّوٓءِ وَأَخَذْنَا ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ بِعَذَابٍۭ بَـِٔيسٍۭ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْسُقُونَ

Transliteration falammā nasū mā dhukkirū bihi anjaynā alladhīna yanhawna ʿani l-sūi wa-akhadhnā alladhīna ẓalamū biʿadhābin baīsin bimā kānū yafsuqūna

English And when they [i.e., those advised] forgot that by which they had been reminded, We saved those who had forbidden evil and seized those who wronged, with a wretched punishment, because they were defiantly disobeying.

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
  2. نَسُوا۟nasūthey forgot
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. ذُكِّرُوا۟dhukkirūthey had been reminded
  5. بِهِۦٓbihiwith [it]
  6. أَنجَيْنَاanjaynāWe saved
  7. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  8. يَنْهَوْنَyanhawnaforbade
  9. عَنِʿani[from]
  10. ٱلسُّوٓءِl-sūithe evil
  11. وَأَخَذْنَاwa-akhadhnāand We seized
  12. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  13. ظَلَمُوا۟ẓalamūwronged
  14. بِعَذَابٍۭbiʿadhābinwith a punishment
  15. بَـِٔيسٍۭbaīsinwretched
  16. بِمَاbimābecause
  17. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  18. يَفْسُقُونَyafsuqūnadefiantly disobeying

Verse 166

فَلَمَّا عَتَوْا۟ عَن مَّا نُهُوا۟ عَنْهُ قُلْنَا لَهُمْ كُونُوا۟ قِرَدَةً خَـٰسِـِٔينَ

Transliteration falammā ʿataw ʿan mā nuhū ʿanhu qul'nā lahum kūnū qiradatan khāsiīna

English So when they were insolent about that which they had been forbidden, We said to them, "Be apes, despised."

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
  2. عَتَوْا۟ʿatawthey exceeded all bounds
  3. عَنʿanabout
  4. مَّاmāwhat
  5. نُهُوا۟nuhūthey were forbidden
  6. عَنْهُʿanhufrom it
  7. قُلْنَاqul'nāWe said
  8. لَهُمْlahumto them
  9. كُونُوا۟kūnūBe
  10. قِرَدَةًqiradatanapes
  11. خَـٰسِـِٔينَkhāsiīnadespised

Verse 167

وَإِذْ تَأَذَّنَ رَبُّكَ لَيَبْعَثَنَّ عَلَيْهِمْ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ مَن يَسُومُهُمْ سُوٓءَ ٱلْعَذَابِ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَسَرِيعُ ٱلْعِقَابِ ۖ وَإِنَّهُۥ لَغَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Transliteration wa-idh ta-adhana rabbuka layabʿathanna ʿalayhim ilā yawmi l-qiyāmati man yasūmuhum sūa l-ʿadhābi inna rabbaka lasarīʿu l-ʿiqābi wa-innahu laghafūrun raḥīmun

English And [mention] when your Lord declared that He would surely [continue to] send upon them until the Day of Resurrection those who would afflict them with the worst torment. Indeed, your Lord is swift in penalty; but indeed, He is Forgiving and Merciful.

  1. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. تَأَذَّنَta-adhanadeclared
  3. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  4. لَيَبْعَثَنَّlayabʿathannathat He would surely send
  5. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimupon them
  6. إِلَىٰilātill
  7. يَوْمِyawmi(the) Day
  8. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  9. مَنman(those) who
  10. يَسُومُهُمْyasūmuhumwould afflict them
  11. سُوٓءَsūa(with) a grievous
  12. ٱلْعَذَابِ ۗl-ʿadhābi[the] punishment
  13. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  14. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  15. لَسَرِيعُlasarīʿu(is) surely swift
  16. ٱلْعِقَابِ ۖl-ʿiqābi(in) the retribution
  17. وَإِنَّهُۥwa-innahubut indeed, He
  18. لَغَفُورٌۭlaghafūrun(is) surely Oft-Forgiving
  19. رَّحِيمٌۭraḥīmunMost Merciful

Verse 168

وَقَطَّعْنَـٰهُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ أُمَمًا ۖ مِّنْهُمُ ٱلصَّـٰلِحُونَ وَمِنْهُمْ دُونَ ذَٰلِكَ ۖ وَبَلَوْنَـٰهُم بِٱلْحَسَنَـٰتِ وَٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَرْجِعُونَ

Transliteration waqaṭṭaʿnāhum fī l-arḍi umaman min'humu l-ṣāliḥūna wamin'hum dūna dhālika wabalawnāhum bil-ḥasanāti wal-sayiāti laʿallahum yarjiʿūna

English And We divided them throughout the earth into nations. Of them some were righteous, and of them some were otherwise. And We tested them with good [times] and bad that perhaps they would return [to obedience].

  1. وَقَطَّعْنَـٰهُمْwaqaṭṭaʿnāhumAnd We divided them
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  4. أُمَمًۭا ۖumaman(as) nations
  5. مِّنْهُمُmin'humuAmong them
  6. ٱلصَّـٰلِحُونَl-ṣāliḥūna(are) the righteous
  7. وَمِنْهُمْwamin'humand among them
  8. دُونَdūna(are) other than
  9. ذَٰلِكَ ۖdhālikathat
  10. وَبَلَوْنَـٰهُمwabalawnāhumAnd We tested them
  11. بِٱلْحَسَنَـٰتِbil-ḥasanātiwith the good
  12. وَٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِwal-sayiātiand the bad
  13. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  14. يَرْجِعُونَyarjiʿūnareturn

Verse 169

فَخَلَفَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِمْ خَلْفٌ وَرِثُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ يَأْخُذُونَ عَرَضَ هَـٰذَا ٱلْأَدْنَىٰ وَيَقُولُونَ سَيُغْفَرُ لَنَا وَإِن يَأْتِهِمْ عَرَضٌ مِّثْلُهُۥ يَأْخُذُوهُ ۚ أَلَمْ يُؤْخَذْ عَلَيْهِم مِّيثَـٰقُ ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ أَن لَّا يَقُولُوا۟ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ إِلَّا ٱلْحَقَّ وَدَرَسُوا۟ مَا فِيهِ ۗ وَٱلدَّارُ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةُ خَيْرٌ لِّلَّذِينَ يَتَّقُونَ ۗ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ

Transliteration fakhalafa min baʿdihim khalfun warithū l-kitāba yakhudhūna ʿaraḍa hādhā l-adnā wayaqūlūna sayugh'faru lanā wa-in yatihim ʿaraḍun mith'luhu yakhudhūhu alam yu'khadh ʿalayhim mīthāqu l-kitābi an lā yaqūlū ʿalā l-lahi illā l-ḥaqa wadarasū mā fīhi wal-dāru l-ākhiratu khayrun lilladhīna yattaqūna afalā taʿqilūna

English And there followed them successors who inherited the Scripture [while] taking the commodities of this lower life and saying, "It will be forgiven for us." And if an offer like it comes to them, they will [again] take it. Was not the covenant of the Scripture [i.e., the Torah] taken from them that they would not say about Allāh except the truth, and they studied what was in it? And the home of the Hereafter is better for those who fear Allāh, so will you not use reason?

  1. فَخَلَفَfakhalafaThen succeeded
  2. مِنۢminfrom
  3. بَعْدِهِمْbaʿdihimafter them
  4. خَلْفٌۭkhalfunsuccessors
  5. وَرِثُوا۟warithū(who) inherited
  6. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  7. يَأْخُذُونَyakhudhūnataking
  8. عَرَضَʿaraḍagoods
  9. هَـٰذَاhādhā(of) this
  10. ٱلْأَدْنَىٰl-adnāthe lower (life)
  11. وَيَقُولُونَwayaqūlūnaand they say
  12. سَيُغْفَرُsayugh'faruIt will be forgiven
  13. لَنَاlanāfor us
  14. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  15. يَأْتِهِمْyatihimcomes to them
  16. عَرَضٌۭʿaraḍungoods
  17. مِّثْلُهُۥmith'luhusimilar to it
  18. يَأْخُذُوهُ ۚyakhudhūhuthey will take it
  19. أَلَمْalamWas not
  20. يُؤْخَذْyu'khadhtaken
  21. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimon them
  22. مِّيثَـٰقُmīthāquCovenant
  23. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābi(of) the Book
  24. أَنanthat
  25. لَّاlānot
  26. يَقُولُوا۟yaqūlūthey will say
  27. عَلَىʿalāabout
  28. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  29. إِلَّاillāexcept
  30. ٱلْحَقَّl-ḥaqathe truth
  31. وَدَرَسُوا۟wadarasūwhile they studied
  32. مَاmāwhat
  33. فِيهِ ۗfīhi(is) in it
  34. وَٱلدَّارُwal-dāruAnd the home
  35. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةُl-ākhiratu(of) the Hereafter
  36. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) better
  37. لِّلَّذِينَlilladhīnafor those who
  38. يَتَّقُونَ ۗyattaqūnafear Allah
  39. أَفَلَاafalāSo will not
  40. تَعْقِلُونَtaʿqilūnayou use intellect

Verse 170

وَٱلَّذِينَ يُمَسِّكُونَ بِٱلْكِتَـٰبِ وَأَقَامُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ إِنَّا لَا نُضِيعُ أَجْرَ ٱلْمُصْلِحِينَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna yumassikūna bil-kitābi wa-aqāmū l-ṣalata innā lā nuḍīʿu ajra l-muṣ'liḥīna

English But those who hold fast to the Book [i.e., the Qur’ān] and establish prayer - indeed, We will not allow to be lost the reward of the reformers.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. يُمَسِّكُونَyumassikūnahold fast
  3. بِٱلْكِتَـٰبِbil-kitābito the Book
  4. وَأَقَامُوا۟wa-aqāmūand establish
  5. ٱلصَّلَوٰةَl-ṣalatathe prayer
  6. إِنَّاinnāindeed, We
  7. لَاlā(will) not
  8. نُضِيعُnuḍīʿu[We] let go waste
  9. أَجْرَajra(the) reward
  10. ٱلْمُصْلِحِينَl-muṣ'liḥīna(of) the reformers

Verse 171

۞ وَإِذْ نَتَقْنَا ٱلْجَبَلَ فَوْقَهُمْ كَأَنَّهُۥ ظُلَّةٌ وَظَنُّوٓا۟ أَنَّهُۥ وَاقِعٌۢ بِهِمْ خُذُوا۟ مَآ ءَاتَيْنَـٰكُم بِقُوَّةٍ وَٱذْكُرُوا۟ مَا فِيهِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration wa-idh nataqnā l-jabala fawqahum ka-annahu ẓullatun waẓannū annahu wāqiʿun bihim khudhū mā ātaynākum biquwwatin wa-udh'kurū mā fīhi laʿallakum tattaqūna

English And [mention] when We raised the mountain above them as if it was a dark cloud and they were certain that it would fall upon them, [and Allāh said], "Take what We have given you with determination and remember what is in it that you might fear Allāh."

  1. ۞ وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. نَتَقْنَاnataqnāWe raised
  3. ٱلْجَبَلَl-jabalathe mountain
  4. فَوْقَهُمْfawqahumabove them
  5. كَأَنَّهُۥka-annahuas if it was
  6. ظُلَّةٌۭẓullatuna canopy
  7. وَظَنُّوٓا۟waẓannūand they thought
  8. أَنَّهُۥannahuthat it
  9. وَاقِعٌۢwāqiʿun(would) fall
  10. بِهِمْbihimupon them
  11. خُذُوا۟khudhū(We said), "Take
  12. مَآmāwhat
  13. ءَاتَيْنَـٰكُمātaynākumWe have given you
  14. بِقُوَّةٍۢbiquwwatinwith strength
  15. وَٱذْكُرُوا۟wa-udh'kurūand remember
  16. مَاmāwhat
  17. فِيهِfīhi(is) in it
  18. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  19. تَتَّقُونَtattaqūnafear Allah

Verse 172

وَإِذْ أَخَذَ رَبُّكَ مِنۢ بَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ مِن ظُهُورِهِمْ ذُرِّيَّتَهُمْ وَأَشْهَدَهُمْ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ أَلَسْتُ بِرَبِّكُمْ ۖ قَالُوا۟ بَلَىٰ ۛ شَهِدْنَآ ۛ أَن تَقُولُوا۟ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ إِنَّا كُنَّا عَنْ هَـٰذَا غَـٰفِلِينَ

Transliteration wa-idh akhadha rabbuka min banī ādama min ẓuhūrihim dhurriyyatahum wa-ashhadahum ʿalā anfusihim alastu birabbikum qālū balā shahid'nā an taqūlū yawma l-qiyāmati innā kunnā ʿan hādhā ghāfilīna

English And [mention] when your Lord took from the children of Adam - from their loins - their descendants and made them testify of themselves, [saying to them], "Am I not your Lord?" They said, "Yes, we have testified." [This] - lest you should say on the Day of Resurrection, "Indeed, we were of this unaware."

  1. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. أَخَذَakhadha(was) taken
  3. رَبُّكَrabbuka(by) your Lord
  4. مِنۢminfrom
  5. بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children
  6. ءَادَمَādama(of) Adam
  7. مِنminfrom
  8. ظُهُورِهِمْẓuhūrihimtheir loins
  9. ذُرِّيَّتَهُمْdhurriyyatahumtheir descendants
  10. وَأَشْهَدَهُمْwa-ashhadahumand made them testify
  11. عَلَىٰٓʿalāover
  12. أَنفُسِهِمْanfusihimthemselves
  13. أَلَسْتُalastuAm I not
  14. بِرَبِّكُمْ ۖbirabbikumyour Lord
  15. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  16. بَلَىٰ ۛbalāYes
  17. شَهِدْنَآ ۛshahid'nāwe have testified
  18. أَنanLest
  19. تَقُولُوا۟taqūlūyou say
  20. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  21. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  22. إِنَّاinnāIndeed
  23. كُنَّاkunnāwe were
  24. عَنْʿanabout
  25. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  26. غَـٰفِلِينَghāfilīnaunaware

Verse 173

أَوْ تَقُولُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَآ أَشْرَكَ ءَابَآؤُنَا مِن قَبْلُ وَكُنَّا ذُرِّيَّةً مِّنۢ بَعْدِهِمْ ۖ أَفَتُهْلِكُنَا بِمَا فَعَلَ ٱلْمُبْطِلُونَ

Transliteration aw taqūlū innamā ashraka ābāunā min qablu wakunnā dhurriyyatan min baʿdihim afatuh'likunā bimā faʿala l-mub'ṭilūna

English Or [lest] you say, "It was only that our fathers associated [others in worship] with Allāh before, and we were but descendants after them. Then would You destroy us for what the falsifiers have done?"

  1. أَوْawOr
  2. تَقُولُوٓا۟taqūlūyou say
  3. إِنَّمَآinnamāOnly
  4. أَشْرَكَashrakapartners (were) associated (with Allah)
  5. ءَابَآؤُنَاābāunā(by) our forefathers
  6. مِنminfrom
  7. قَبْلُqablubefore (us)
  8. وَكُنَّاwakunnāand we are
  9. ذُرِّيَّةًۭdhurriyyatandescendants
  10. مِّنۢminfrom
  11. بَعْدِهِمْ ۖbaʿdihimafter them
  12. أَفَتُهْلِكُنَاafatuh'likunāSo will You destroy us
  13. بِمَاbimāfor what
  14. فَعَلَfaʿaladid
  15. ٱلْمُبْطِلُونَl-mub'ṭilūnathe falsifiers

Verse 174

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُفَصِّلُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ وَلَعَلَّهُمْ يَرْجِعُونَ

Transliteration wakadhālika nufaṣṣilu l-āyāti walaʿallahum yarjiʿūna

English And thus do We [explain in] detail the verses, and perhaps they will return.

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. نُفَصِّلُnufaṣṣiluWe explain
  3. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Verses
  4. وَلَعَلَّهُمْwalaʿallahumso that they may
  5. يَرْجِعُونَyarjiʿūnareturn

Verse 175

وَٱتْلُ عَلَيْهِمْ نَبَأَ ٱلَّذِىٓ ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُ ءَايَـٰتِنَا فَٱنسَلَخَ مِنْهَا فَأَتْبَعَهُ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ فَكَانَ مِنَ ٱلْغَاوِينَ

Transliteration wa-ut'lu ʿalayhim naba-a alladhī ātaynāhu āyātinā fa-insalakha min'hā fa-atbaʿahu l-shayṭānu fakāna mina l-ghāwīna

English And recite to them, [O Muḥammad], the news of him to whom We gave [knowledge of] Our signs, but he detached himself from them; so Satan pursued him, and he became of the deviators.

  1. وَٱتْلُwa-ut'luAnd recite
  2. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimto them
  3. نَبَأَnaba-a(the) story
  4. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(of the) one whom
  5. ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُātaynāhuWe gave [him]
  6. ءَايَـٰتِنَاāyātināOur Verses
  7. فَٱنسَلَخَfa-insalakhabut he detached
  8. مِنْهَاmin'hā[from] them
  9. فَأَتْبَعَهُfa-atbaʿahuso followed him
  10. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
  11. فَكَانَfakānaand he became
  12. مِنَminaof
  13. ٱلْغَاوِينَl-ghāwīnathose gone astray

Verse 176

وَلَوْ شِئْنَا لَرَفَعْنَـٰهُ بِهَا وَلَـٰكِنَّهُۥٓ أَخْلَدَ إِلَى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَٱتَّبَعَ هَوَىٰهُ ۚ فَمَثَلُهُۥ كَمَثَلِ ٱلْكَلْبِ إِن تَحْمِلْ عَلَيْهِ يَلْهَثْ أَوْ تَتْرُكْهُ يَلْهَث ۚ ذَّٰلِكَ مَثَلُ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا ۚ فَٱقْصُصِ ٱلْقَصَصَ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَفَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration walaw shi'nā larafaʿnāhu bihā walākinnahu akhlada ilā l-arḍi wa-ittabaʿa hawāhu famathaluhu kamathali l-kalbi in taḥmil ʿalayhi yalhath aw tatruk'hu yalhath dhālika mathalu l-qawmi alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā fa-uq'ṣuṣi l-qaṣaṣa laʿallahum yatafakkarūna

English And if We had willed, We could have elevated him thereby, but he adhered [instead] to the earth and followed his own desire. So his example is like that of the dog: if you chase him, he pants, or if you leave him, he [still] pants. That is the example of the people who denied Our signs. So relate the stories that perhaps they will give thought.

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. شِئْنَاshi'nāWe willed
  3. لَرَفَعْنَـٰهُlarafaʿnāhusurely, We (could) have raised him
  4. بِهَاbihāwith these
  5. وَلَـٰكِنَّهُۥٓwalākinnahu[and] but he
  6. أَخْلَدَakhladaadhered
  7. إِلَىilāto
  8. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  9. وَٱتَّبَعَwa-ittabaʿaand followed
  10. هَوَىٰهُ ۚhawāhuhis (vain) desires
  11. فَمَثَلُهُۥfamathaluhuSo his example
  12. كَمَثَلِkamathali(is) like (the) example
  13. ٱلْكَلْبِl-kalbi(of) the dog
  14. إِنinif
  15. تَحْمِلْtaḥmilyou attack
  16. عَلَيْهِʿalayhi[on] him
  17. يَلْهَثْyalhathhe lolls out his tongue
  18. أَوْawor
  19. تَتْرُكْهُtatruk'huif you leave him
  20. يَلْهَث ۚyalhathhe lolls out his tongue
  21. ذَّٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  22. مَثَلُmathalu(is the) example
  23. ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmi(of) the people
  24. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnawho
  25. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  26. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا ۚbiāyātinā[in] Our Signs
  27. فَٱقْصُصِfa-uq'ṣuṣiSo relate
  28. ٱلْقَصَصَl-qaṣaṣathe story
  29. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  30. يَتَفَكَّرُونَyatafakkarūnareflect

Verse 177

سَآءَ مَثَلًا ٱلْقَوْمُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَأَنفُسَهُمْ كَانُوا۟ يَظْلِمُونَ

Transliteration sāa mathalan l-qawmu alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā wa-anfusahum kānū yaẓlimūna

English How evil an example [is that of] the people who denied Our signs and used to wrong themselves.

  1. سَآءَsāaEvil
  2. مَثَلًاmathalan(as) an example
  3. ٱلْقَوْمُl-qawmu(are) the people
  4. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  5. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  6. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Signs
  7. وَأَنفُسَهُمْwa-anfusahumand themselves
  8. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  9. يَظْلِمُونَyaẓlimūnawrong

Verse 178

مَن يَهْدِ ٱللَّهُ فَهُوَ ٱلْمُهْتَدِى ۖ وَمَن يُضْلِلْ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْخَـٰسِرُونَ

Transliteration man yahdi l-lahu fahuwa l-muh'tadī waman yuḍ'lil fa-ulāika humu l-khāsirūna

English Whoever Allāh guides - he is the [rightly] guided; and whoever He sends astray - it is those who are the losers.

  1. مَنmanWhoever
  2. يَهْدِyahdi(is) guided
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  4. فَهُوَfahuwathen he
  5. ٱلْمُهْتَدِى ۖl-muh'tadī(is) the guided one
  6. وَمَنwamanwhile whoever
  7. يُضْلِلْyuḍ'lilHe lets go astray
  8. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
  9. هُمُhumu[they]
  10. ٱلْخَـٰسِرُونَl-khāsirūna(are) the losers

Verse 179

وَلَقَدْ ذَرَأْنَا لِجَهَنَّمَ كَثِيرًا مِّنَ ٱلْجِنِّ وَٱلْإِنسِ ۖ لَهُمْ قُلُوبٌ لَّا يَفْقَهُونَ بِهَا وَلَهُمْ أَعْيُنٌ لَّا يُبْصِرُونَ بِهَا وَلَهُمْ ءَاذَانٌ لَّا يَسْمَعُونَ بِهَآ ۚ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ كَٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِ بَلْ هُمْ أَضَلُّ ۚ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْغَـٰفِلُونَ

Transliteration walaqad dharanā lijahannama kathīran mina l-jini wal-insi lahum qulūbun lā yafqahūna bihā walahum aʿyunun lā yub'ṣirūna bihā walahum ādhānun lā yasmaʿūna bihā ulāika kal-anʿāmi bal hum aḍallu ulāika humu l-ghāfilūna

English And We have certainly created for Hell many of the jinn and mankind. They have hearts with which they do not understand, they have eyes with which they do not see, and they have ears with which they do not hear. Those are like livestock; rather, they are more astray. It is they who are the heedless.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. ذَرَأْنَاdharanāWe have created
  3. لِجَهَنَّمَlijahannamafor Hell
  4. كَثِيرًۭاkathīranmany
  5. مِّنَminaof
  6. ٱلْجِنِّl-jinithe jinn
  7. وَٱلْإِنسِ ۖwal-insiand men
  8. لَهُمْlahumFor them
  9. قُلُوبٌۭqulūbun(are) hearts
  10. لَّاlā(but) not
  11. يَفْقَهُونَyafqahūnathey understand
  12. بِهَاbihāwith them
  13. وَلَهُمْwalahumand for them
  14. أَعْيُنٌۭaʿyunun(are) eyes
  15. لَّاlā(but) not
  16. يُبْصِرُونَyub'ṣirūnathey see
  17. بِهَاbihāwith them
  18. وَلَهُمْwalahumand for them
  19. ءَاذَانٌۭādhānun(are) ears
  20. لَّاlā(but) not
  21. يَسْمَعُونَyasmaʿūnathey hear
  22. بِهَآ ۚbihāwith them
  23. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  24. كَٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِkal-anʿāmi(are) like cattle
  25. بَلْbalnay
  26. هُمْhumthey
  27. أَضَلُّ ۚaḍallu(are) more astray
  28. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  29. هُمُhumuthey
  30. ٱلْغَـٰفِلُونَl-ghāfilūna(are) the heedless

Verse 180

وَلِلَّهِ ٱلْأَسْمَآءُ ٱلْحُسْنَىٰ فَٱدْعُوهُ بِهَا ۖ وَذَرُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ يُلْحِدُونَ فِىٓ أَسْمَـٰٓئِهِۦ ۚ سَيُجْزَوْنَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration walillahi l-asmāu l-ḥus'nā fa-id'ʿūhu bihā wadharū alladhīna yul'ḥidūna fī asmāihi sayuj'zawna mā kānū yaʿmalūna

English And to Allāh belong the best names, so invoke Him by them. And leave [the company of] those who practice deviation concerning His names. They will be recompensed for what they have been doing.

  1. وَلِلَّهِwalillahiAnd for Allah
  2. ٱلْأَسْمَآءُl-asmāu(are) the names
  3. ٱلْحُسْنَىٰl-ḥus'nāthe most beautiful
  4. فَٱدْعُوهُfa-id'ʿūhuso invoke Him
  5. بِهَا ۖbihāby them
  6. وَذَرُوا۟wadharūAnd leave
  7. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  8. يُلْحِدُونَyul'ḥidūnadeviate
  9. فِىٓfīconcerning
  10. أَسْمَـٰٓئِهِۦ ۚasmāihiHis names
  11. سَيُجْزَوْنَsayuj'zawnaThey will be recompensed
  12. مَاmāfor what
  13. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  14. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado

Verse 181

وَمِمَّنْ خَلَقْنَآ أُمَّةٌ يَهْدُونَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَبِهِۦ يَعْدِلُونَ

Transliteration wamimman khalaqnā ummatun yahdūna bil-ḥaqi wabihi yaʿdilūna

English And among those We created is a community which guides by truth and thereby establishes justice.

  1. وَمِمَّنْwamimmanAnd of (those) whom
  2. خَلَقْنَآkhalaqnāWe have created
  3. أُمَّةٌۭummatun(is) a nation
  4. يَهْدُونَyahdūnawho guides
  5. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiwith the truth
  6. وَبِهِۦwabihiand thereby
  7. يَعْدِلُونَyaʿdilūnathey establish justice

Verse 182

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا سَنَسْتَدْرِجُهُم مِّنْ حَيْثُ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā sanastadrijuhum min ḥaythu lā yaʿlamūna

English But those who deny Our signs - We will progressively lead them [to destruction] from where they do not know.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaBut those who
  2. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  3. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Signs
  4. سَنَسْتَدْرِجُهُمsanastadrijuhumWe will gradually lead them
  5. مِّنْminfrom
  6. حَيْثُḥaythuwhere
  7. لَاlānot
  8. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnathey know

Verse 183

وَأُمْلِى لَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّ كَيْدِى مَتِينٌ

Transliteration wa-um'lī lahum inna kaydī matīnun

English And I will give them time. Indeed, My plan is firm.

  1. وَأُمْلِىwa-um'līAnd I will give respite
  2. لَهُمْ ۚlahumto them
  3. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  4. كَيْدِىkaydīMy plan
  5. مَتِينٌmatīnun(is) firm

Verse 184

أَوَلَمْ يَتَفَكَّرُوا۟ ۗ مَا بِصَاحِبِهِم مِّن جِنَّةٍ ۚ إِنْ هُوَ إِلَّا نَذِيرٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration awalam yatafakkarū mā biṣāḥibihim min jinnatin in huwa illā nadhīrun mubīnun

English Then do they not give thought? There is in their companion [i.e., Muḥammad (ﷺ)] no madness. He is not but a clear warner.

  1. أَوَلَمْawalamDo not
  2. يَتَفَكَّرُوا۟ ۗyatafakkarūthey reflect
  3. مَاmāNot
  4. بِصَاحِبِهِمbiṣāḥibihimin their companion
  5. مِّنmin[of]
  6. جِنَّةٍ ۚjinnatin(is) any madness
  7. إِنْinNot
  8. هُوَhuwahe
  9. إِلَّاillā(is) but
  10. نَذِيرٌۭnadhīruna warner
  11. مُّبِينٌmubīnunclear

Verse 185

أَوَلَمْ يَنظُرُوا۟ فِى مَلَكُوتِ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا خَلَقَ ٱللَّهُ مِن شَىْءٍ وَأَنْ عَسَىٰٓ أَن يَكُونَ قَدِ ٱقْتَرَبَ أَجَلُهُمْ ۖ فَبِأَىِّ حَدِيثٍۭ بَعْدَهُۥ يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration awalam yanẓurū fī malakūti l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wamā khalaqa l-lahu min shayin wa-an ʿasā an yakūna qadi iq'taraba ajaluhum fabi-ayyi ḥadīthin baʿdahu yu'minūna

English Do they not look into the realm of the heavens and the earth and everything that Allāh has created and [think] that perhaps their appointed time has come near? So in what statement [i.e., message] hereafter will they believe?

  1. أَوَلَمْawalamDo not
  2. يَنظُرُوا۟yanẓurūthey look
  3. فِىfīin
  4. مَلَكُوتِmalakūti(the) dominion
  5. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  6. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  7. وَمَاwamāand what
  8. خَلَقَkhalaqahas (been) created
  9. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  10. مِنminof
  11. شَىْءٍۢshayin(every)thing
  12. وَأَنْwa-anand that
  13. عَسَىٰٓʿasāperhaps
  14. أَنan[that]
  15. يَكُونَyakūnahas
  16. قَدِqadiverily
  17. ٱقْتَرَبَiq'tarabacome near
  18. أَجَلُهُمْ ۖajaluhumtheir term
  19. فَبِأَىِّfabi-ayyiSo in what
  20. حَدِيثٍۭḥadīthinstatement
  21. بَعْدَهُۥbaʿdahuafter this
  22. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnawill they believe

Verse 186

مَن يُضْلِلِ ٱللَّهُ فَلَا هَادِىَ لَهُۥ ۚ وَيَذَرُهُمْ فِى طُغْيَـٰنِهِمْ يَعْمَهُونَ

Transliteration man yuḍ'lili l-lahu falā hādiya lahu wayadharuhum fī ṭugh'yānihim yaʿmahūna

English Whoever Allāh sends astray - there is no guide for him. And He leaves them in their transgression, wandering blindly.

  1. مَنmanWhoever
  2. يُضْلِلِyuḍ'lili(is) let go astray
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  4. فَلَاfalāthen (there is) no
  5. هَادِىَhādiyaguide
  6. لَهُۥ ۚlahufor him
  7. وَيَذَرُهُمْwayadharuhumAnd He leaves them
  8. فِىfīin
  9. طُغْيَـٰنِهِمْṭugh'yānihimtheir transgression
  10. يَعْمَهُونَyaʿmahūnawandering blindly

Verse 187

يَسْـَٔلُونَكَ عَنِ ٱلسَّاعَةِ أَيَّانَ مُرْسَىٰهَا ۖ قُلْ إِنَّمَا عِلْمُهَا عِندَ رَبِّى ۖ لَا يُجَلِّيهَا لِوَقْتِهَآ إِلَّا هُوَ ۚ ثَقُلَتْ فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ لَا تَأْتِيكُمْ إِلَّا بَغْتَةً ۗ يَسْـَٔلُونَكَ كَأَنَّكَ حَفِىٌّ عَنْهَا ۖ قُلْ إِنَّمَا عِلْمُهَا عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَلَـٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَ ٱلنَّاسِ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration yasalūnaka ʿani l-sāʿati ayyāna mur'sāhā qul innamā ʿil'muhā ʿinda rabbī lā yujallīhā liwaqtihā illā huwa thaqulat fī l-samāwāti wal-arḍi lā tatīkum illā baghtatan yasalūnaka ka-annaka ḥafiyyun ʿanhā qul innamā ʿil'muhā ʿinda l-lahi walākinna akthara l-nāsi lā yaʿlamūna

English They ask you, [O Muḥammad], about the Hour: when is its arrival? Say, "Its knowledge is only with my Lord. None will reveal its time except Him. It lays heavily upon the heavens and the earth. It will not come upon you except unexpectedly." They ask you as if you are familiar with it. Say, "Its knowledge is only with Allāh, but most of the people do not know."

  1. يَسْـَٔلُونَكَyasalūnakaThey ask you
  2. عَنِʿaniabout
  3. ٱلسَّاعَةِl-sāʿatithe Hour
  4. أَيَّانَayyānawhen will be
  5. مُرْسَىٰهَا ۖmur'sāhāits appointed time
  6. قُلْqulSay
  7. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  8. عِلْمُهَاʿil'muhāits knowledge
  9. عِندَʿinda(is) with
  10. رَبِّى ۖrabbīmy Lord
  11. لَاlāno (one)
  12. يُجَلِّيهَاyujallīhācan reveal [it]
  13. لِوَقْتِهَآliwaqtihāits time
  14. إِلَّاillāexcept
  15. هُوَ ۚhuwaHim
  16. ثَقُلَتْthaqulatIt lays heavily
  17. فِىfīin
  18. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  19. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚwal-arḍiand the earth
  20. لَاlāNot
  21. تَأْتِيكُمْtatīkumwill it come to you
  22. إِلَّاillābut
  23. بَغْتَةًۭ ۗbaghtatansuddenly
  24. يَسْـَٔلُونَكَyasalūnakaThey ask you
  25. كَأَنَّكَka-annakaas if you
  26. حَفِىٌّḥafiyyun(were) well informed
  27. عَنْهَا ۖʿanhāabout it
  28. قُلْqulSay
  29. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  30. عِلْمُهَاʿil'muhāits knowledge
  31. عِندَʿinda(is) with
  32. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  33. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnabut
  34. أَكْثَرَaktharamost
  35. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsi(of) the people
  36. لَاlā(do) not
  37. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 188

قُل لَّآ أَمْلِكُ لِنَفْسِى نَفْعًا وَلَا ضَرًّا إِلَّا مَا شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ ۚ وَلَوْ كُنتُ أَعْلَمُ ٱلْغَيْبَ لَٱسْتَكْثَرْتُ مِنَ ٱلْخَيْرِ وَمَا مَسَّنِىَ ٱلسُّوٓءُ ۚ إِنْ أَنَا۠ إِلَّا نَذِيرٌ وَبَشِيرٌ لِّقَوْمٍ يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration qul lā amliku linafsī nafʿan walā ḍarran illā mā shāa l-lahu walaw kuntu aʿlamu l-ghayba la-is'takthartu mina l-khayri wamā massaniya l-sūu in anā illā nadhīrun wabashīrun liqawmin yu'minūna

English Say, "I hold not for myself [the power of] benefit or harm, except what Allāh has willed. And if I knew the unseen, I could have acquired much wealth, and no harm would have touched me. I am not except a warner and a bringer of good tidings to a people who believe."

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لَّآlāNot
  3. أَمْلِكُamlikuI have power
  4. لِنَفْسِىlinafsīfor myself
  5. نَفْعًۭاnafʿan(to) benefit
  6. وَلَاwalāand no
  7. ضَرًّاḍarran(power to) harm
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. مَاmāwhat
  10. شَآءَshāawills
  11. ٱللَّهُ ۚl-lahuAllah
  12. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  13. كُنتُkuntuI would
  14. أَعْلَمُaʿlamuknow
  15. ٱلْغَيْبَl-ghayba(of) the unseen
  16. لَٱسْتَكْثَرْتُla-is'takthartusurely I could have multiplied
  17. مِنَminaof
  18. ٱلْخَيْرِl-khayrithe good
  19. وَمَاwamāand not
  20. مَسَّنِىَmassaniya(could) have touched me
  21. ٱلسُّوٓءُ ۚl-sūuthe evil
  22. إِنْinNot
  23. أَنَا۠anā(am) I
  24. إِلَّاillāexcept
  25. نَذِيرٌۭnadhīruna warner
  26. وَبَشِيرٌۭwabashīrunand a bearer of good tidings
  27. لِّقَوْمٍۢliqawminto a people
  28. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnawho believe

Verse 189

۞ هُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَكُم مِّن نَّفْسٍ وَٰحِدَةٍ وَجَعَلَ مِنْهَا زَوْجَهَا لِيَسْكُنَ إِلَيْهَا ۖ فَلَمَّا تَغَشَّىٰهَا حَمَلَتْ حَمْلًا خَفِيفًا فَمَرَّتْ بِهِۦ ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَثْقَلَت دَّعَوَا ٱللَّهَ رَبَّهُمَا لَئِنْ ءَاتَيْتَنَا صَـٰلِحًا لَّنَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَ

Transliteration huwa alladhī khalaqakum min nafsin wāḥidatin wajaʿala min'hā zawjahā liyaskuna ilayhā falammā taghashāhā ḥamalat ḥamlan khafīfan famarrat bihi falammā athqalat daʿawā l-laha rabbahumā la-in ātaytanā ṣāliḥan lanakūnanna mina l-shākirīna

English It is He who created you from one soul and created from it its mate that he might dwell in security with her. And when he [i.e., man] covers her, she carries a light burden [i.e., a pregnancy] and continues therein. And when it becomes heavy, they both invoke Allāh, their Lord, "If You should give us a good [child], we will surely be among the grateful."

  1. ۞ هُوَhuwaHe
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. خَلَقَكُمkhalaqakumcreated you
  4. مِّنminfrom
  5. نَّفْسٍۢnafsina soul
  6. وَٰحِدَةٍۢwāḥidatinsingle
  7. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaand made
  8. مِنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
  9. زَوْجَهَاzawjahāits mate
  10. لِيَسْكُنَliyaskunathat he might live
  11. إِلَيْهَا ۖilayhāwith her
  12. فَلَمَّاfalammāAnd when
  13. تَغَشَّىٰهَاtaghashāhāhe covers her
  14. حَمَلَتْḥamalatshe carries
  15. حَمْلًاḥamlana burden
  16. خَفِيفًۭاkhafīfanlight
  17. فَمَرَّتْfamarratand continues
  18. بِهِۦ ۖbihiwith it
  19. فَلَمَّآfalammāBut when
  20. أَثْقَلَتathqalatshe grows heavy
  21. دَّعَوَاdaʿawāthey both invoke
  22. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  23. رَبَّهُمَاrabbahumātheir Lord
  24. لَئِنْla-inIf
  25. ءَاتَيْتَنَاātaytanāYou give us
  26. صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥana righteous (child)
  27. لَّنَكُونَنَّlanakūnannasurely we will be
  28. مِنَminaamong
  29. ٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَl-shākirīnathe thankful

Verse 190

فَلَمَّآ ءَاتَىٰهُمَا صَـٰلِحًا جَعَلَا لَهُۥ شُرَكَآءَ فِيمَآ ءَاتَىٰهُمَا ۚ فَتَعَـٰلَى ٱللَّهُ عَمَّا يُشْرِكُونَ

Transliteration falammā ātāhumā ṣāliḥan jaʿalā lahu shurakāa fīmā ātāhumā fataʿālā l-lahu ʿammā yush'rikūna

English But when He gives them a good [child], they ascribe partners to Him concerning that which He has given them. Exalted is Allāh above what they associate with Him.

  1. فَلَمَّآfalammāBut when
  2. ءَاتَىٰهُمَاātāhumāHe gives them
  3. صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥana good, (child)
  4. جَعَلَاjaʿalāthey make
  5. لَهُۥlahufor Him
  6. شُرَكَآءَshurakāapartners
  7. فِيمَآfīmāin what
  8. ءَاتَىٰهُمَا ۚātāhumāHe has given them
  9. فَتَعَـٰلَىfataʿālāBut exalted
  10. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
  11. عَمَّاʿammāabove what
  12. يُشْرِكُونَyush'rikūnathey associate (with Him)

Verse 191

أَيُشْرِكُونَ مَا لَا يَخْلُقُ شَيْـًٔا وَهُمْ يُخْلَقُونَ

Transliteration ayush'rikūna mā lā yakhluqu shayan wahum yukh'laqūna

English Do they associate with Him those who create nothing and they are [themselves] created?

  1. أَيُشْرِكُونَayush'rikūnaDo they associate
  2. مَاmāwhat
  3. لَاlā(can) not
  4. يَخْلُقُyakhluqucreate
  5. شَيْـًۭٔاshayananything
  6. وَهُمْwahumand they
  7. يُخْلَقُونَyukh'laqūnaare created

Verse 192

وَلَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ لَهُمْ نَصْرًا وَلَآ أَنفُسَهُمْ يَنصُرُونَ

Transliteration walā yastaṭīʿūna lahum naṣran walā anfusahum yanṣurūna

English And they [i.e., the false deities] are unable to [give] them help, nor can they help themselves.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  2. يَسْتَطِيعُونَyastaṭīʿūnathey are able
  3. لَهُمْlahumto (give) them
  4. نَصْرًۭاnaṣranany help
  5. وَلَآwalāand not
  6. أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumthemselves
  7. يَنصُرُونَyanṣurūnacan they help

Verse 193

وَإِن تَدْعُوهُمْ إِلَى ٱلْهُدَىٰ لَا يَتَّبِعُوكُمْ ۚ سَوَآءٌ عَلَيْكُمْ أَدَعَوْتُمُوهُمْ أَمْ أَنتُمْ صَـٰمِتُونَ

Transliteration wa-in tadʿūhum ilā l-hudā lā yattabiʿūkum sawāon ʿalaykum adaʿawtumūhum am antum ṣāmitūna

English And if you [believers] invite them to guidance, they will not follow you. It is all the same for you whether you invite them or you are silent.

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  2. تَدْعُوهُمْtadʿūhumyou call them
  3. إِلَىilāto
  4. ٱلْهُدَىٰl-hudāthe guidance
  5. لَاlānot
  6. يَتَّبِعُوكُمْ ۚyattabiʿūkumwill they follow you
  7. سَوَآءٌsawāon(It is) same
  8. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumfor you
  9. أَدَعَوْتُمُوهُمْadaʿawtumūhumwhether you call them
  10. أَمْamor
  11. أَنتُمْantumyou
  12. صَـٰمِتُونَṣāmitūnaremain silent

Verse 194

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ عِبَادٌ أَمْثَالُكُمْ ۖ فَٱدْعُوهُمْ فَلْيَسْتَجِيبُوا۟ لَكُمْ إِن كُنتُمْ صَـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration inna alladhīna tadʿūna min dūni l-lahi ʿibādun amthālukum fa-id'ʿūhum falyastajībū lakum in kuntum ṣādiqīna

English Indeed, those you [polytheists] call upon besides Allāh are servants [i.e., creations] like you. So call upon them and let them respond to you, if you should be truthful.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose whom
  3. تَدْعُونَtadʿūnayou call
  4. مِنminfrom
  5. دُونِdūnibesides
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  7. عِبَادٌʿibādun(are) slaves
  8. أَمْثَالُكُمْ ۖamthālukumlike you
  9. فَٱدْعُوهُمْfa-id'ʿūhumSo invoke them
  10. فَلْيَسْتَجِيبُوا۟falyastajībūand let them respond
  11. لَكُمْlakumto you
  12. إِنinif
  13. كُنتُمْkuntumyou are
  14. صَـٰدِقِينَṣādiqīnatruthful

Verse 195

أَلَهُمْ أَرْجُلٌ يَمْشُونَ بِهَآ ۖ أَمْ لَهُمْ أَيْدٍ يَبْطِشُونَ بِهَآ ۖ أَمْ لَهُمْ أَعْيُنٌ يُبْصِرُونَ بِهَآ ۖ أَمْ لَهُمْ ءَاذَانٌ يَسْمَعُونَ بِهَا ۗ قُلِ ٱدْعُوا۟ شُرَكَآءَكُمْ ثُمَّ كِيدُونِ فَلَا تُنظِرُونِ

Transliteration alahum arjulun yamshūna bihā am lahum aydin yabṭishūna bihā am lahum aʿyunun yub'ṣirūna bihā am lahum ādhānun yasmaʿūna bihā quli id'ʿū shurakāakum thumma kīdūni falā tunẓirūni

English Do they have feet by which they walk? Or do they have hands by which they strike? Or do they have eyes by which they see? Or do they have ears by which they hear? Say, [O Muḥammad], "Call your 'partners' and then conspire against me and give me no respite.

  1. أَلَهُمْalahumAre for them
  2. أَرْجُلٌۭarjulunfeet
  3. يَمْشُونَyamshūna(to) walk
  4. بِهَآ ۖbihāwith [it]
  5. أَمْamor
  6. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  7. أَيْدٍۢaydinhands
  8. يَبْطِشُونَyabṭishūna(to) hold
  9. بِهَآ ۖbihāwith [it]
  10. أَمْamor
  11. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  12. أَعْيُنٌۭaʿyununeyes
  13. يُبْصِرُونَyub'ṣirūna(to) see
  14. بِهَآ ۖbihāwith [it]
  15. أَمْamor
  16. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  17. ءَاذَانٌۭādhānunears
  18. يَسْمَعُونَyasmaʿūna(to) hear
  19. بِهَا ۗbihāwith [it]
  20. قُلِquliSay
  21. ٱدْعُوا۟id'ʿūCall
  22. شُرَكَآءَكُمْshurakāakumyour partners
  23. ثُمَّthummathen
  24. كِيدُونِkīdūnischeme against me
  25. فَلَاfalāand (do) not
  26. تُنظِرُونِtunẓirūnigive me respite

Verse 196

إِنَّ وَلِـِّۧىَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِى نَزَّلَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ ۖ وَهُوَ يَتَوَلَّى ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَ

Transliteration inna waliyyiya l-lahu alladhī nazzala l-kitāba wahuwa yatawallā l-ṣāliḥīna

English Indeed, my protector is Allāh, who has sent down the Book; and He is an ally to the righteous.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. وَلِـِّۧىَwaliyyiyamy protector
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
  4. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  5. نَزَّلَnazzalarevealed
  6. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ ۖl-kitābathe Book
  7. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  8. يَتَوَلَّىyatawallāprotects
  9. ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَl-ṣāliḥīnathe righteous

Verse 197

وَٱلَّذِينَ تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِهِۦ لَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ نَصْرَكُمْ وَلَآ أَنفُسَهُمْ يَنصُرُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna tadʿūna min dūnihi lā yastaṭīʿūna naṣrakum walā anfusahum yanṣurūna

English And those you call upon besides Him are unable to help you, nor can they help themselves."

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those whom
  2. تَدْعُونَtadʿūnayou invoke
  3. مِنminfrom
  4. دُونِهِۦdūnihibesides Him
  5. لَاlānot
  6. يَسْتَطِيعُونَyastaṭīʿūnathey are able
  7. نَصْرَكُمْnaṣrakum(to) help you
  8. وَلَآwalāand not
  9. أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumthemselves
  10. يَنصُرُونَyanṣurūnacan they help

Verse 198

وَإِن تَدْعُوهُمْ إِلَى ٱلْهُدَىٰ لَا يَسْمَعُوا۟ ۖ وَتَرَىٰهُمْ يَنظُرُونَ إِلَيْكَ وَهُمْ لَا يُبْصِرُونَ

Transliteration wa-in tadʿūhum ilā l-hudā lā yasmaʿū watarāhum yanẓurūna ilayka wahum lā yub'ṣirūna

English And if you invite them to guidance, they do not hear; and you see them looking at you while they do not see.

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  2. تَدْعُوهُمْtadʿūhumyou call them
  3. إِلَىilāto
  4. ٱلْهُدَىٰl-hudāthe guidance
  5. لَاlānot
  6. يَسْمَعُوا۟ ۖyasmaʿūdo they not
  7. وَتَرَىٰهُمْwatarāhumAnd you see them
  8. يَنظُرُونَyanẓurūnalooking
  9. إِلَيْكَilaykaat you
  10. وَهُمْwahumbut they
  11. لَاlānot
  12. يُبْصِرُونَyub'ṣirūna(do) they see

Verse 199

خُذِ ٱلْعَفْوَ وَأْمُرْ بِٱلْعُرْفِ وَأَعْرِضْ عَنِ ٱلْجَـٰهِلِينَ

Transliteration khudhi l-ʿafwa wamur bil-ʿur'fi wa-aʿriḍ ʿani l-jāhilīna

English Take what is given freely, enjoin what is good, and turn away from the ignorant.

  1. خُذِkhudhiHold
  2. ٱلْعَفْوَl-ʿafwa(to) forgiveness
  3. وَأْمُرْwamurand enjoin
  4. بِٱلْعُرْفِbil-ʿur'fithe good
  5. وَأَعْرِضْwa-aʿriḍand turn away
  6. عَنِʿanifrom
  7. ٱلْجَـٰهِلِينَl-jāhilīnathe ignorant

Verse 200

وَإِمَّا يَنزَغَنَّكَ مِنَ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِ نَزْغٌ فَٱسْتَعِذْ بِٱللَّهِ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration wa-immā yanzaghannaka mina l-shayṭāni nazghun fa-is'taʿidh bil-lahi innahu samīʿun ʿalīmun

English And if an evil suggestion comes to you from Satan, then seek refuge in Allāh. Indeed, He is Hearing and Knowing.

  1. وَإِمَّاwa-immāAnd if
  2. يَنزَغَنَّكَyanzaghannakaan evil suggestion comes to you
  3. مِنَminafrom
  4. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِl-shayṭāni[the] Shaitaan
  5. نَزْغٌۭnazghun[an evil suggestion]
  6. فَٱسْتَعِذْfa-is'taʿidhthen seek refuge
  7. بِٱللَّهِ ۚbil-lahiin Allah
  8. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  9. سَمِيعٌsamīʿun(is) All-Hearing
  10. عَلِيمٌʿalīmunAll-Knowing

Verse 201

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّقَوْا۟ إِذَا مَسَّهُمْ طَـٰٓئِفٌ مِّنَ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِ تَذَكَّرُوا۟ فَإِذَا هُم مُّبْصِرُونَ

Transliteration inna alladhīna ittaqaw idhā massahum ṭāifun mina l-shayṭāni tadhakkarū fa-idhā hum mub'ṣirūna

English Indeed, those who fear Allāh - when an impulse touches them from Satan, they remember [Him] and at once they have insight.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ٱتَّقَوْا۟ittaqawfear (Allah)
  4. إِذَاidhāwhen
  5. مَسَّهُمْmassahumtouches them
  6. طَـٰٓئِفٌۭṭāifunan evil thought
  7. مِّنَminafrom
  8. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِl-shayṭānithe Shaitaan
  9. تَذَكَّرُوا۟tadhakkarūthey remember (Allah)
  10. فَإِذَاfa-idhāand then
  11. هُمhumthey
  12. مُّبْصِرُونَmub'ṣirūna(are) those who see (aright)

Verse 202

وَإِخْوَٰنُهُمْ يَمُدُّونَهُمْ فِى ٱلْغَىِّ ثُمَّ لَا يُقْصِرُونَ

Transliteration wa-ikh'wānuhum yamuddūnahum fī l-ghayi thumma lā yuq'ṣirūna

English But their brothers - they [i.e., the devils] increase them in error; then they do not stop short.

  1. وَإِخْوَٰنُهُمْwa-ikh'wānuhumBut their brothers
  2. يَمُدُّونَهُمْyamuddūnahumthey plunge them
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْغَىِّl-ghayithe error
  5. ثُمَّthummathen
  6. لَاlānot
  7. يُقْصِرُونَyuq'ṣirūnathey cease

Verse 203

وَإِذَا لَمْ تَأْتِهِم بِـَٔايَةٍ قَالُوا۟ لَوْلَا ٱجْتَبَيْتَهَا ۚ قُلْ إِنَّمَآ أَتَّبِعُ مَا يُوحَىٰٓ إِلَىَّ مِن رَّبِّى ۚ هَـٰذَا بَصَآئِرُ مِن رَّبِّكُمْ وَهُدًى وَرَحْمَةٌ لِّقَوْمٍ يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration wa-idhā lam tatihim biāyatin qālū lawlā ij'tabaytahā qul innamā attabiʿu mā yūḥā ilayya min rabbī hādhā baṣāiru min rabbikum wahudan waraḥmatun liqawmin yu'minūna

English And when you, [O Muḥammad], do not bring them a sign [i.e., miracle], they say, "Why have you not contrived it?" Say, "I only follow what is revealed to me from my Lord. This [Qur’ān] is enlightenment from your Lord and guidance and mercy for a people who believe."

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. لَمْlamnot
  3. تَأْتِهِمtatihimyou bring them
  4. بِـَٔايَةٍۢbiāyatina Sign
  5. قَالُوا۟qālūthey say
  6. لَوْلَاlawlāWhy (have) not
  7. ٱجْتَبَيْتَهَا ۚij'tabaytahāyou devised it
  8. قُلْqulSay
  9. إِنَّمَآinnamāOnly
  10. أَتَّبِعُattabiʿuI follow
  11. مَاmāwhat
  12. يُوحَىٰٓyūḥāis revealed
  13. إِلَىَّilayyato me
  14. مِنminfrom
  15. رَّبِّى ۚrabbīmy Lord
  16. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis (is)
  17. بَصَآئِرُbaṣāiruenlightenment
  18. مِنminfrom
  19. رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
  20. وَهُدًۭىwahudanand guidance
  21. وَرَحْمَةٌۭwaraḥmatunand mercy
  22. لِّقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  23. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnawho believe

Verse 204

وَإِذَا قُرِئَ ٱلْقُرْءَانُ فَٱسْتَمِعُوا۟ لَهُۥ وَأَنصِتُوا۟ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ

Transliteration wa-idhā quri-a l-qur'ānu fa-is'tamiʿū lahu wa-anṣitū laʿallakum tur'ḥamūna

English So when the Qur’ān is recited, then listen to it and pay attention that you may receive mercy.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. قُرِئَquri-ais recited
  3. ٱلْقُرْءَانُl-qur'ānuthe Quran
  4. فَٱسْتَمِعُوا۟fa-is'tamiʿūthen listen
  5. لَهُۥlahuto it
  6. وَأَنصِتُوا۟wa-anṣitūand pay attention
  7. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  8. تُرْحَمُونَtur'ḥamūnareceive mercy

Verse 205

وَٱذْكُر رَّبَّكَ فِى نَفْسِكَ تَضَرُّعًا وَخِيفَةً وَدُونَ ٱلْجَهْرِ مِنَ ٱلْقَوْلِ بِٱلْغُدُوِّ وَٱلْـَٔاصَالِ وَلَا تَكُن مِّنَ ٱلْغَـٰفِلِينَ

Transliteration wa-udh'kur rabbaka fī nafsika taḍarruʿan wakhīfatan wadūna l-jahri mina l-qawli bil-ghuduwi wal-āṣāli walā takun mina l-ghāfilīna

English And remember your Lord within yourself in humility and in fear without being apparent in speech - in the mornings and the evenings. And do not be among the heedless.

  1. وَٱذْكُرwa-udh'kurAnd remember
  2. رَّبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  3. فِىfīin
  4. نَفْسِكَnafsikayourself
  5. تَضَرُّعًۭاtaḍarruʿanhumbly
  6. وَخِيفَةًۭwakhīfatanand (in) fear
  7. وَدُونَwadūnaand without
  8. ٱلْجَهْرِl-jahrithe loudness
  9. مِنَminaof
  10. ٱلْقَوْلِl-qawli[the] words
  11. بِٱلْغُدُوِّbil-ghuduwiin the mornings
  12. وَٱلْـَٔاصَالِwal-āṣāliand (in) the evenings
  13. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  14. تَكُنtakunbe
  15. مِّنَminaamong
  16. ٱلْغَـٰفِلِينَl-ghāfilīnathe heedless

Verse 206

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ عِندَ رَبِّكَ لَا يَسْتَكْبِرُونَ عَنْ عِبَادَتِهِۦ وَيُسَبِّحُونَهُۥ وَلَهُۥ يَسْجُدُونَ ۩

Transliteration inna alladhīna ʿinda rabbika lā yastakbirūna ʿan ʿibādatihi wayusabbiḥūnahu walahu yasjudūna

English Indeed, those who are near your Lord [i.e., the angels] are not prevented by arrogance from His worship, and they exalt Him, and to Him they prostrate.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. عِندَʿinda(are) near
  4. رَبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  5. لَاlānot
  6. يَسْتَكْبِرُونَyastakbirūna(do) they turn away in pride
  7. عَنْʿanfrom
  8. عِبَادَتِهِۦʿibādatihiHis worship
  9. وَيُسَبِّحُونَهُۥwayusabbiḥūnahuAnd they glorify Him
  10. وَلَهُۥwalahuand to Him
  11. يَسْجُدُونَ ۩yasjudūnathey prostrate

Word by word and transliteration: Quran.com. English translation: Saheeh International. Recitation: Mishary Alafasy, from EveryAyah.com. MyDugsi is a learning aid, not a replacement for a qualified teacher.